TW201939164A - Negative photosensitive coloring composition, cured film, and touch panel using same - Google Patents

Negative photosensitive coloring composition, cured film, and touch panel using same Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW201939164A
TW201939164A TW108108208A TW108108208A TW201939164A TW 201939164 A TW201939164 A TW 201939164A TW 108108208 A TW108108208 A TW 108108208A TW 108108208 A TW108108208 A TW 108108208A TW 201939164 A TW201939164 A TW 201939164A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
partition wall
substrate
coloring composition
photosensitive coloring
light
Prior art date
Application number
TW108108208A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TWI808137B (en
Inventor
小林秀行
諏訪充史
飯塚英祐
東後行倫
Original Assignee
日商東麗股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日商東麗股份有限公司 filed Critical 日商東麗股份有限公司
Publication of TW201939164A publication Critical patent/TW201939164A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI808137B publication Critical patent/TWI808137B/en

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/075Silicon-containing compounds
    • G03F7/0757Macromolecular compounds containing Si-O, Si-C or Si-N bonds
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • G03F7/032Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with binders
    • G03F7/033Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with binders the binders being polymers obtained by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds, e.g. vinyl polymers
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/038Macromolecular compounds which are rendered insoluble or differentially wettable
    • G03F7/0382Macromolecular compounds which are rendered insoluble or differentially wettable the macromolecular compound being present in a chemically amplified negative photoresist composition
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/075Silicon-containing compounds
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/09Photosensitive materials characterised by structural details, e.g. supports, auxiliary layers
    • G03F7/105Photosensitive materials characterised by structural details, e.g. supports, auxiliary layers having substances, e.g. indicators, for forming visible images
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/20Exposure; Apparatus therefor
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/03Arrangements for converting the position or the displacement of a member into a coded form
    • G06F3/041Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G77/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing silicon with or without sulfur, nitrogen, oxygen or carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G77/04Polysiloxanes
    • C08G77/22Polysiloxanes containing silicon bound to organic groups containing atoms other than carbon, hydrogen and oxygen
    • C08G77/24Polysiloxanes containing silicon bound to organic groups containing atoms other than carbon, hydrogen and oxygen halogen-containing groups
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/03Arrangements for converting the position or the displacement of a member into a coded form
    • G06F3/041Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means
    • G06F3/044Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means by capacitive means

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
  • Human Computer Interaction (AREA)
  • Structural Engineering (AREA)
  • Architecture (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
  • Liquid Crystal (AREA)
  • Polymerisation Methods In General (AREA)
  • Optical Filters (AREA)
  • Exposure And Positioning Against Photoresist Photosensitive Materials (AREA)

Abstract

Provided is a negative photosensitive coloring composition comprising: (A) a white pigment, (B) a siloxane resin, (C) a photopolymerization initiator, (D) a photopolymerizable compound, and (E) an organic solvent, wherein the (B) siloxane resin comprises, at least, a repeating unit expressed by general formula (1) and/or a repeating unit expressed by general formula (2), and a repeating unit expressed by general formula (3), and the sum of the repeating unit expressed by general formula (1) and the repeating unit expressed by general formula (2) is 40-80 mol% with respect to all the repeating units in the (B) siloxane resin. In general formulae (1)-(3), R1 represents an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, or an arylalkyl group having 1-10 carbon atoms in which hydrogen is partially or entirely substituted with fluorine; R2 represents a single bond, -O-, -CH2-CO, -CO- or -O-CO-; R3 represents a monovalent organic group having 1-20 carbon atoms; and the R4s may be same or different, each representing a monovalent organic group having 1-20 carbon atoms. By using this negative photosensitive coloring composition, a cured film can be formed which exhibits high resolution and has high reflectivity and high heat-resistance even when the film is thick.

Description

負型感光性著色組成物、硬化膜、使用其的觸控面板Negative photosensitive coloring composition, cured film, and touch panel using the same

本發明是有關於一種負型感光性著色組成物、硬化膜及其製造方法以及使用其的觸控面板。The present invention relates to a negative photosensitive coloring composition, a cured film, a method for manufacturing the same, and a touch panel using the same.

近年來,智慧型手機、平板個人電腦(personal computer,PC)等使用投影型靜電電容式觸控面板的移動設備正在迅速普及。投影型靜電電容式觸控面板通常於畫面區域具有氧化銦錫(Indium Tin Oxide,ITO)膜的圖案,在其周邊部進一步具有鉬等金屬配線部。而且,就設計性的觀點而言,為了隱藏所述金屬配線部,大多情況下於投影型靜電電容式觸控面板的蓋玻璃的內側具有黑色或白色等遮光圖案。隨著觸控面板搭載終端的多樣化,要求更高精細的遮光圖案,作為用於形成所述遮光圖案的方法,代替先前的印刷方法,可實現更高解析度的加工的微影法成為主流(例如,參照專利文獻1)。另外,關於白色遮光圖案,通常白色顏料的遮光性低,因此要求厚膜加工。In recent years, mobile devices using projection type capacitive touch panels, such as smart phones and personal computers (PCs), are rapidly spreading. The projection type capacitive touch panel usually has a pattern of an indium tin oxide (ITO) film in a screen area, and further includes a metal wiring portion such as molybdenum in a peripheral portion thereof. Further, from a design point of view, in order to hide the metal wiring portion, a light-shielding pattern such as black or white is often provided inside the cover glass of the projection type capacitive touch panel. With the diversification of terminals equipped with touch panels, higher-definition light-shielding patterns are required. As a method for forming the light-shielding patterns, instead of the previous printing method, the lithography method that can realize higher-resolution processing has become mainstream. (For example, refer to Patent Document 1). In addition, as for the white light-shielding pattern, since the light-shielding property of a white pigment is generally low, thick film processing is required.

觸控面板的方式大致分為於蓋玻璃與液晶面板之間形成觸控面板層的外掛(Out-cell)型、於液晶面板上形成觸控面板層的外嵌(On-cell)型、於液晶面板的內部形成觸控面板層的內嵌(In-cell)型、於蓋玻璃上直接形成觸控面板層的單片玻璃解決方案(One Glass Solution,OGS)型。近年來,相較於先前可實現薄型化及輕量化,因此大力進行OGS型的觸控面板的開發。The touch panel methods are roughly divided into an out-cell type in which a touch panel layer is formed between a cover glass and a liquid crystal panel, an on-cell type in which a touch panel layer is formed on a liquid crystal panel, and The In-cell type of the touch panel layer is formed inside the liquid crystal panel, and the one-glass solution (OGS) type in which the touch panel layer is directly formed on the cover glass. In recent years, compared with the previous thinner and lighter, OGS-type touch panels have been vigorously developed.

於OGS型觸控面板的製造方法中,需要ITO製膜等的高溫處理,因此作為遮光圖案的材料,要求於高溫處理中裂紋及顏色變化少、耐熱性高的材料。因此,提出了含有白色顏料、特定結構的聚矽氧烷、多官能丙烯酸單體、光自由基聚合起始劑、以及有機溶媒的負型感光性著色組成物(例如,參照專利文獻2);含有白色顏料、鹼可溶性樹脂、多官能單體及光聚合起始劑的觸控面板用負型感光性白色組成物(例如,參照專利文獻3)。In the manufacturing method of the OGS touch panel, a high-temperature treatment such as ITO film is required. Therefore, as a material for the light-shielding pattern, a material with few cracks and color changes and high heat resistance during high-temperature processing is required. Therefore, a negative photosensitive coloring composition containing a white pigment, a polysiloxane having a specific structure, a polyfunctional acrylic monomer, a photo-radical polymerization initiator, and an organic solvent has been proposed (for example, refer to Patent Document 2); A negative photosensitive white composition for a touch panel containing a white pigment, an alkali-soluble resin, a polyfunctional monomer, and a photopolymerization initiator (for example, refer to Patent Document 3).

另外,含有白色顏料的感光性白色組成物可利用微影法於基板上簡便地形成高精細且高反射的隔離壁圖案,因此作為提高發光體的光取出效率的方法,正在研究對顯示裝置的亮度提高技術的應用。
[現有技術文獻]
[專利文獻]
In addition, a photosensitive white composition containing a white pigment can easily form a high-definition and high-reflection barrier pattern on a substrate by a lithography method. Therefore, as a method for improving light extraction efficiency of a light-emitting body, research is being conducted on display devices Application of brightness enhancement technology.
[Prior Art Literature]
[Patent Literature]

專利文獻1:日本專利特開2012-242928號公報
專利文獻2:國際公開第2014/126013號
專利文獻3:國際公開第2015/12228號
Patent Document 1: Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2012-242928 Patent Document 2: International Publication No. 2014/126013 Patent Document 3: International Publication No. 2015/12228

[發明所欲解決之課題]
然而,關於專利文獻2中記載的組成物,由於聚矽氧烷的折射率高,與白色顏料的折射率差小,因此聚矽氧烷與白色顏料的界面的反射不充分,白色遮光圖案的反射率不充分。另一方面,雖然藉由專利文獻3記載的組成物白色遮光圖案的反射率提高,但要求進一步的提高。另外,於膜厚較厚的情況下,因高溫處理而容易產生裂紋,存在耐熱性不充分的課題。
[Problems to be Solved by the Invention]
However, regarding the composition described in Patent Document 2, since the refractive index of polysiloxane is high and the refractive index difference between the polysiloxane and the white pigment is small, the reflection at the interface between the polysiloxane and the white pigment is insufficient. The reflectivity is insufficient. On the other hand, although the reflectance of the white light-shielding pattern of the composition described in Patent Document 3 is improved, further improvement is required. In addition, when the film thickness is relatively large, cracks easily occur due to high-temperature processing, and there is a problem that heat resistance is insufficient.

因此,本發明中,目的在於提供一種負型感光性著色組成物,即便為厚膜,亦可形成高解析度、反射率高、耐熱性優異的硬化膜。
[解決課題之手段]
Therefore, an object of the present invention is to provide a negative-type photosensitive coloring composition that can form a cured film with high resolution, high reflectance, and excellent heat resistance even with a thick film.
[Means for solving problems]

本發明者等人為了解決所述課題,於含有白色顏料的負型感光性著色組成物中,著眼於矽氧烷樹脂的結構而進行了努力研究。其結果,發現藉由含有如下矽氧烷樹脂,可解決所述課題,所述矽氧烷樹脂是將源自含有氟的烷氧基矽烷化合物的結構單元與源自二官能烷氧基矽烷化合物的結構單元組合而成。即,本發明具有以下構成。In order to solve the above-mentioned problems, the present inventors have made intensive studies focusing on the structure of a siloxane resin in a negative photosensitive coloring composition containing a white pigment. As a result, it was found that the above-mentioned problem can be solved by including a siloxane resin that combines a structural unit derived from an alkoxysilane compound containing fluorine and a difunctional alkoxysilane compound. Combination of structural units. That is, the present invention has the following configuration.

一種負型感光性著色組成物,其含有(A)白色顏料、(B)矽氧烷樹脂、(C)光聚合起始劑、(D)光聚合性化合物及(E)有機溶媒,所述(B)矽氧烷樹脂至少包含下述通式(1)所表示的重覆單元及/或下述通式(2)所表示的重覆單元、以及下述通式(3)所表示的重覆單元,所述(B)矽氧烷樹脂的所有重覆單元中,含有合計40莫耳%~80莫耳%的下述通式(1)所表示的重覆單元及下述通式(2)所表示的重覆單元。A negative photosensitive coloring composition comprising (A) a white pigment, (B) a siloxane resin, (C) a photopolymerization initiator, (D) a photopolymerizable compound, and (E) an organic solvent. (B) The siloxane resin contains at least a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (1) and / or a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (2), and a compound represented by the following general formula (3) The repeating unit, in which all the repeating units of the (B) siloxane resin, include a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (1) in a total of 40 mol% to 80 mol% and the following general formula (2) The repeating unit shown.

[化1]

[Chemical 1]

所述通式(1)~(3)中,R1 表示氫的全部或一部分經氟取代而成的碳數1~10的烷基、烯基、芳基或芳烷基。R2 表示單鍵、-O-、-CH2 -CO-、-CO-或-O-CO-。R3 表示碳數1~20的一價有機基。R4 分別可相同亦可不同,表示碳數1~20的一價有機基。
[發明的效果]
In the general formulae (1) to (3), R 1 represents an alkyl group, alkenyl group, aryl group, or aralkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms in which all or a part of hydrogen is substituted with fluorine. R 2 represents a single bond, -O-, -CH 2 -CO-, -CO-, or -O-CO-. R 3 represents a monovalent organic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. R 4 may be the same or different, and each represents a monovalent organic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
[Effect of the invention]

根據本發明的負型感光性著色組成物,可形成反射率高、高解析度且耐熱性優異的厚膜的硬化膜。According to the negative photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention, a hardened film having a thick film having high reflectance, high resolution, and excellent heat resistance can be formed.

本發明的負型感光性著色組成物含有(A)白色顏料、(B)矽氧烷樹脂、(C)光聚合起始劑、(D)光聚合性化合物及(E)有機溶媒。The negative photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention contains (A) a white pigment, (B) a siloxane resin, (C) a photopolymerization initiator, (D) a photopolymerizable compound, and (E) an organic solvent.

(A)白色顏料
藉由含有(A)白色顏料,可提高所獲得的硬化膜的反射率。
(A) White pigment By containing (A) white pigment, the reflectance of the hardened film obtained can be improved.

作為(A)白色顏料,例如可列舉選自二氧化鈦、氧化鋯、氧化鋅、硫酸鋇及該些的複合化合物中的化合物。亦可含有兩種以上該些化合物。該些中,較佳為反射率高且工業上容易利用的二氧化鈦。Examples of the (A) white pigment include compounds selected from titanium dioxide, zirconia, zinc oxide, barium sulfate, and composite compounds thereof. Two or more of these compounds may be contained. Among these, titanium dioxide having high reflectance and industrially easy to use is preferred.

二氧化鈦的結晶結構被分類為銳鈦礦型、金紅石型、板鈦礦型。該些中,由於光觸媒活性低,因此較佳為金紅石型氧化鈦。The crystal structure of titanium dioxide is classified into anatase type, rutile type, and brookite type. Among these, rutile titanium oxide is preferable because the photocatalytic activity is low.

可對(A)白色顏料實施表面處理。較佳為利用Al、Si及/或Zr進行的表面處理,可提高負型感光性著色組成物中的(A)白色顏料的分散性,進一步提高硬化膜的耐光性及耐熱性。(A) A white pigment may be surface-treated. The surface treatment with Al, Si, and / or Zr is preferred to improve the dispersibility of the (A) white pigment in the negative photosensitive coloring composition and further improve the light resistance and heat resistance of the cured film.

就進一步提高反射率的觀點而言,(A)白色顏料的中值粒徑較佳為100 nm~500 nm,更佳為170 nm~310 nm。此處,所謂中值粒徑是指根據藉由雷射繞射法測定而得的粒度分佈算出的(A)白色顏料的平均一次粒徑。From the viewpoint of further improving the reflectance, the median particle diameter of the (A) white pigment is preferably 100 nm to 500 nm, and more preferably 170 nm to 310 nm. Here, the median particle diameter refers to the average primary particle diameter of the (A) white pigment calculated from the particle size distribution measured by the laser diffraction method.

作為(A)白色顏料而較佳地使用的二氧化鈦顏料例如可列舉:R960;杜邦(股)製造(金紅石型、SiO2 /Al2 O3 處理、中值粒徑210 nm)、CR-97;石原產業(股)製造(金紅石型、Al2 O3 /ZrO2 處理、中值粒徑250 nm)、JR-301;帝化(Tayca)(股)製造(金紅石型、Al2 O3 處理、中值粒徑300 nm)、JR-405;帝化(Tayca)(股)製造(金紅石型、Al2 O3 處理、中值粒徑210 nm)、JR-600A;帝化(Tayca)(股)(金紅石型、Al2 O3 處理、中值粒徑250 nm)、JR-603;帝化(Tayca)(股)(金紅石型、Al2 O3 /ZrO2 處理、中值粒徑280 nm)等。亦可含有兩種以上該些化合物。Examples of the titanium dioxide pigment that is preferably used as the (A) white pigment include: R960; manufactured by DuPont (rutile, SiO 2 / Al 2 O 3 treatment, median particle diameter 210 nm), CR-97 ; Ishihara Industry (share) manufacturing (rutile, Al 2 O 3 / ZrO 2 treatment, 250 nm median diameter), JR-301; Tayca (share) manufacturing (rutile, Al 2 O 3 treatment, median particle size 300 nm), JR-405; Tayca (strand) manufacturing (rutile type, Al 2 O 3 treatment, median particle size 210 nm), JR-600A; Dihua ( Tayca) (strand) (rutile, Al 2 O 3 treatment, 250 nm median diameter), JR-603; Tayca (strand) (rutile, Al 2 O 3 / ZrO 2 treatment, Median particle size 280 nm) and so on. Two or more of these compounds may be contained.

(A)白色顏料的波長587.5 nm下的折射率較佳為2.00~2.70。藉由將(A)白色顏料的折射率設為2.00以上,可增大(A)白色顏料與(B)矽氧烷樹脂的界面反射,進一步提高反射率。(A)白色顏料的折射率更佳為2.40以上。另一方面,藉由將(A)白色顏料的折射率設為2.70以下,可抑制(A)白色顏料與(B)矽氧烷樹脂的過剩的界面反射,進一步提高解析度。此處,(A)白色顏料的折射率可使用日本工業標準(Japanese Industrial Standards,JIS)K7142-2014(製定年月日:2014/04/20)中規定的貝克(Becke)法進行測定。將測定波長設為標準的587.5 nm。於含有兩種以上(A)白色顏料的情況下,較佳為至少一種的折射率為所述範圍內。The refractive index of the (A) white pigment at a wavelength of 587.5 nm is preferably 2.00 to 2.70. By setting the refractive index of the (A) white pigment to 2.00 or more, the interface reflection between the (A) white pigment and (B) the siloxane resin can be increased, and the reflectance can be further improved. (A) The refractive index of the white pigment is more preferably 2.40 or more. On the other hand, by setting the refractive index of the (A) white pigment to 2.70 or less, excessive interface reflection between the (A) white pigment and (B) the siloxane resin can be suppressed, and the resolution can be further improved. Here, the refractive index of the (A) white pigment can be measured using the Becke method specified in Japanese Industrial Standards (JIS) K7142-2014 (date of establishment: 2014/04/20). The measurement wavelength was set to a standard 587.5 nm. In the case where two or more (A) white pigments are contained, it is preferable that at least one kind of refractive index is within the above range.

就進一步提高反射率的觀點而言,本發明的負型感光性著色組成物中的(A)白色顏料的含量於固體成分中,較佳為20重量%以上,更佳為40重量%以上,進而佳為45重量%以上。另一方面,就抑制顯影殘渣而形成更高解析度的圖案的觀點而言,(A)白色顏料的含量於固體成分中,較佳為65重量%以下,進而佳為60重量%以下。所謂此處所述的固體成分是指於負型感光性著色組成物中所含的成分中去除溶媒等揮發性成分後的全部成分。固體成分的量可藉由測量將負型感光性著色組成物於170℃下加熱30分鐘而使揮發性成分蒸發後的剩餘成分來求出。From the viewpoint of further improving the reflectance, the content of the (A) white pigment in the negative photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention is in a solid content, preferably 20% by weight or more, more preferably 40% by weight or more, Furthermore, it is more preferably 45% by weight or more. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of suppressing the development residue to form a higher-resolution pattern, the content of the (A) white pigment in the solid content is preferably 65% by weight or less, and more preferably 60% by weight or less. The solid content as used herein refers to all components obtained by removing volatile components such as solvents from the components contained in the negative photosensitive coloring composition. The amount of the solid content can be determined by measuring the remaining components after the negative photosensitive coloring composition is heated at 170 ° C. for 30 minutes to evaporate the volatile components.

本發明的負型感光性著色組成物可與(A)白色顏料一併含有顏料分散劑,可提高負型感光性著色組成物中的(A)白色顏料的分散性。顏料分散劑可根據所使用的白色顏料的種類、表面狀態適宜選擇。顏料分散劑較佳為含有酸性基及/或鹼性基。作為市售的顏料分散劑,例如可列舉:「迪斯帕畢克(Disperbyk)」(註冊商標)106、108、110、180、190、2001、2155、140、145(以上為商品名,比克化學(BYK-Chemie)(股)製造)等。亦可含有兩種以上該些化合物。The negative photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention can contain a pigment dispersant together with the (A) white pigment, and can improve the dispersibility of the (A) white pigment in the negative photosensitive coloring composition. The pigment dispersant can be appropriately selected according to the type and surface state of the white pigment used. The pigment dispersant preferably contains an acidic group and / or a basic group. As a commercially available pigment dispersant, for example, "Disperbyk" (registered trademark) 106, 108, 110, 180, 190, 2001, 2155, 140, 145 (the above are trade names, and (By BYK-Chemie). Two or more of these compounds may be contained.

(B)矽氧烷樹脂
藉由含有具有所述特定結構的(B)矽氧烷樹脂,可擴大(A)白色顏料與(B)矽氧烷樹脂的折射率差,進一步提高所獲得的硬化膜的反射率。另外,具有所述特定結構的(B)矽氧烷樹脂的耐熱性優異,可抑制硬化膜的顏色變化或裂紋。進而,可形成高解析度的圖案。
(B) Siloxane resin By containing the (B) silicone resin having the specific structure, the refractive index difference between (A) the white pigment and (B) the silicone resin can be enlarged, and the hardening obtained can be further improved. The reflectivity of the film. In addition, the (B) siloxane resin having the specific structure is excellent in heat resistance and can suppress color change or cracking of the cured film. Furthermore, a high-resolution pattern can be formed.

(B)矽氧烷樹脂為有機矽烷的水解·脫水縮合物。於本發明的負型感光性著色組成物中,至少包含下述通式(1)所表示的重覆單元及/或下述通式(2)所表示的重覆單元、以及下述通式(3)所表示的重覆單元。亦可進一步包含其他重覆單元。(B) The siloxane resin is a hydrolysis-dehydration condensation product of an organic silane. The negative photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention includes at least a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (1) and / or a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (2), and the following general formula (3) The repeating unit shown. It may further include other repeating units.

通式(1)所表示的重覆單元及通式(2)所表示的重覆單元的特徵在於包含氟。藉由含有該些重覆單元,(B)矽氧烷樹脂的折射率變小,因此與(A)白色顏料的折射率差擴大,藉由(A)白色顏料與(B)矽氧烷樹脂的界面的光反射,可提高硬化膜的反射率。The repeating unit represented by the general formula (1) and the repeating unit represented by the general formula (2) are characterized by containing fluorine. By including these repeating units, the refractive index of the (B) siloxane resin becomes smaller, so the refractive index difference with the (A) white pigment is enlarged, and (A) the white pigment and (B) the siloxane resin The light reflection at the interface can improve the reflectivity of the cured film.

進而,藉由含有通式(3)所表示的源自二官能烷氧基矽烷化合物的重覆單元,可抑制熱處理中的(B)矽氧烷樹脂的過剩的熱聚合(縮合),提高耐熱性。藉此可抑制熱處理中的硬化膜的裂紋或顏色變化。Furthermore, by containing a repeating unit derived from a difunctional alkoxysilane compound represented by the general formula (3), excessive thermal polymerization (condensation) of the (B) siloxane resin during heat treatment can be suppressed, and heat resistance can be improved. Sex. This can suppress cracking or color change of the cured film during the heat treatment.

本發明中,特徵在於:(B)矽氧烷樹脂含有合計40莫耳%~80莫耳%的通式(1)所表示的重覆單元及通式(2)所表示的重覆單元。若通式(1)所表示的重覆單元及通式(2)所表示的重覆單元的合計含量未滿40莫耳%,則(A)白色顏料與(B)矽氧烷樹脂的界面反射變得不充分,反射率降低。通式(1)所表示的重覆單元及通式(2)所表示的重覆單元的合計含量較佳為50莫耳%以上。另一方面,若通式(1)所表示的重覆單元及通式(2)所表示的重覆單元的合計含量超過80莫耳%,則由於(B)矽氧烷樹脂的疏水化,與組成物中的其他成分的相容性降低,因此解析度降低。通式(1)所表示的重覆單元及通式(2)所表示的重覆單元的合計含量較佳為70莫耳%以下。另外,通式(3)所表示的重覆單元的含量較佳為50莫耳%以下。於通式(3)所表示的重覆單元的含量過剩的情況下,硬化膜的交聯變得不充分,膜特性降低。另一方面,通式(3)所表示的重覆單元的含量較佳為10莫耳%以上。若通式(3)所表示的重覆單元的含量未滿10莫耳%,則硬化膜的交聯過剩地形成,因此耐裂紋性降低。另外,於包含通式(1)~通式(3)所表示的重覆單元以外的其他重覆單元的情況下,其含量較佳為10莫耳%~50莫耳%。In the present invention, (B) the siloxane resin contains a repeating unit represented by the general formula (1) and a repeating unit represented by the general formula (2) in a total of 40 mol% to 80 mol%. If the total content of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (1) and the repeating unit represented by the general formula (2) is less than 40 mol%, the interface between (A) the white pigment and (B) the siloxane resin Reflection becomes insufficient and the reflectance decreases. The total content of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (1) and the repeating unit represented by the general formula (2) is preferably 50 mol% or more. On the other hand, if the total content of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (1) and the repeating unit represented by the general formula (2) exceeds 80 mol%, due to the hydrophobicity of the (B) siloxane resin, Since the compatibility with other components in the composition is reduced, the resolution is lowered. The total content of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (1) and the repeating unit represented by the general formula (2) is preferably 70 mol% or less. The content of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (3) is preferably 50 mol% or less. When the content of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (3) is excessive, crosslinking of the cured film becomes insufficient, and the film characteristics are deteriorated. On the other hand, the content of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (3) is preferably 10 mol% or more. When the content of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (3) is less than 10 mol%, crosslinking of the cured film is excessively formed, and thus crack resistance is reduced. In addition, in the case where other repeating units other than the repeating units represented by the general formulae (1) to (3) are included, the content thereof is preferably 10 mol% to 50 mol%.

[化2]

[Chemical 2]

所述通式(1)~(3)中,R1 表示氫的全部或一部分經氟取代而成的碳數1~10的烷基、烯基、芳基或芳烷基。R2 表示單鍵、-O-、-CH2 -CO-、-CO-或-O-CO-。R3 表示碳數1~20的一價有機基。R4 分別可相同亦可不同,表示碳數1~20的一價有機基。作為R1 ,就進一步減少矽氧烷樹脂的折射率的觀點而言,較佳為氫的全部或一部分經氟取代而成的烷基。此時的烷基的碳數較佳為1~6。作為R3 及R4 ,就進一步減少矽氧烷樹脂的折射率的觀點而言,較佳為選自碳數1~6的烷基及碳數2~10的醯基中的基。In the general formulae (1) to (3), R 1 represents an alkyl group, alkenyl group, aryl group, or aralkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms in which all or a part of hydrogen is substituted with fluorine. R 2 represents a single bond, -O-, -CH 2 -CO-, -CO-, or -O-CO-. R 3 represents a monovalent organic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. R 4 may be the same or different, and each represents a monovalent organic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. From the viewpoint of further reducing the refractive index of the siloxane resin, R 1 is preferably an alkyl group in which all or a part of hydrogen is substituted with fluorine. The carbon number of the alkyl group at this time is preferably from 1 to 6. From the viewpoint of further reducing the refractive index of the siloxane resin, R 3 and R 4 are preferably a group selected from an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms and a fluorenyl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms.

所述通式(1)~(3)所表示的各重覆單元分別源自下述通式(4)~(6)所表示的烷氧基矽烷化合物。即,包含所述通式(1)所表示的重覆單元及/或通式(2)所表示的重覆單元、以及通式(3)所表示的重覆單元的矽氧烷樹脂可藉由對包含下述通式(4)所表示的烷氧基矽烷化合物及/或下述通式(5)所表示的烷氧基矽烷化合物、以及下述通式(6)所表示的烷氧基矽烷化合物的多個烷氧基矽烷化合物進行水解及縮聚而獲得。進而亦可使用其他烷氧基矽烷化合物。Each of the repeating units represented by the general formulae (1) to (3) is derived from an alkoxysilane compound represented by the following general formulae (4) to (6), respectively. That is, the siloxane resin containing the repeating unit represented by the general formula (1) and / or the repeating unit represented by the general formula (2) and the repeating unit represented by the general formula (3) can be borrowed. The alkoxysilane compound represented by the following general formula (4) and / or the alkoxysilane compound represented by the following general formula (5) and the alkoxy group represented by the following general formula (6) A plurality of alkoxysilane compounds based on silane compounds are obtained by hydrolysis and polycondensation. Furthermore, other alkoxysilane compounds can be used.

[化3]

[Chemical 3]

所述通式(4)~(6)中,R5 、R6 、R8 及R9 分別表示與通式(1)~(3)中的R1 、R2 、R3 及R4 相同的基。R7 可相同亦可不同,表示碳數1~20的一價有機基,較佳為碳數1~6的烷基。In the general formulae (4) to (6), R 5 , R 6 , R 8, and R 9 represent the same as R 1 , R 2 , R 3, and R 4 in the general formulae (1) to (3), respectively. Base. R 7 may be the same or different, and represents a monovalent organic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.

作為通式(4)所表示的烷氧基矽烷化合物,例如可列舉:三氟丙基三甲氧基矽烷、三氟丙基三乙氧基矽烷、全氟戊基三甲氧基矽烷、全氟戊基三乙氧基矽烷、十三氟辛基三甲氧基矽烷、十三氟辛基三乙氧基矽烷、十三氟辛基三丙氧基矽烷、十三氟辛基三異丙氧基矽烷、十七氟癸基三甲氧基矽烷、十七氟癸基三乙氧基矽烷等。亦可使用兩種以上該些化合物。Examples of the alkoxysilane compound represented by the general formula (4) include trifluoropropyltrimethoxysilane, trifluoropropyltriethoxysilane, perfluoropentyltrimethoxysilane, and perfluoropentane. Triethoxysilane, tridecyl octyl trimethoxysilane, tridecyl octyl triethoxysilane, tridecyl octyl tripropoxy silane, tridecyl octyl triisopropoxy silane , Heptafluorodecyltrimethoxysilane, heptafluorodecyltriethoxysilane, and the like. It is also possible to use two or more of these compounds.

作為通式(5)所表示的烷氧基矽烷化合物,可列舉:雙(三氟甲基)二甲氧基矽烷、雙(三氟丙基)二甲氧基矽烷、雙(三氟丙基)二乙氧基矽烷、三氟丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、三氟丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、三氟丙基乙基二甲氧基矽烷、三氟丙基乙基二乙氧基矽烷、十七氟癸基甲基二甲氧基矽烷等。亦可使用兩種以上該些化合物。Examples of the alkoxysilane compound represented by the general formula (5) include bis (trifluoromethyl) dimethoxysilane, bis (trifluoropropyl) dimethoxysilane, and bis (trifluoropropyl). ) Diethoxysilane, trifluoropropylmethyldimethoxysilane, trifluoropropylmethyldiethoxysilane, trifluoropropylethyldimethoxysilane, trifluoropropylethyldi Ethoxysilane, heptafluorodecylmethyldimethoxysilane, etc. It is also possible to use two or more of these compounds.

作為通式(6)所表示的烷氧基矽烷化合物,例如可列舉:二甲基二甲氧基矽烷、二甲基二乙氧基矽烷、乙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、甲基丙基二甲氧基矽烷、甲基丙基二乙氧基矽烷、二苯基二甲氧基矽烷、二苯基二乙氧基矽烷、環己基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、環己基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、乙烯基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、乙烯基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、烯丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、烯丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、苯乙烯基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、苯乙烯基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、γ-甲基丙烯醯基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、γ-甲基丙烯醯基丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、γ-丙烯醯基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、γ-丙烯醯基丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、3-縮水甘油氧基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、3-縮水甘油氧基丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、2-(3,4-環氧基環己基)乙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、2-(3,4-環氧基環己基)乙基乙基二甲氧基矽烷等。亦可使用兩種以上該些化合物。Examples of the alkoxysilane compound represented by the general formula (6) include dimethyldimethoxysilane, dimethyldiethoxysilane, ethylmethyldimethoxysilane, and methylpropyl Dimethoxysilane, methylpropyldiethoxysilane, diphenyldimethoxysilane, diphenyldiethoxysilane, cyclohexylmethyldimethoxysilane, cyclohexylmethyldisiloxane Ethoxysilane, vinylmethyldimethoxysilane, vinylmethyldiethoxysilane, allylmethyldimethoxysilane, allylmethyldiethoxysilane, styryl Methyldimethoxysilane, styrylmethyldiethoxysilane, γ-methacrylfluorenylpropylmethyldimethoxysilane, γ-methacrylfluorenylpropylmethyldiethoxy Silane, γ-propenylpropylmethyldimethoxysilane, γ-propenylpropylmethyldiethoxysilane, 3-glycidyloxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3 -Glycidyloxypropylmethyldiethoxysilane, 2- (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) ethylmethyldimethoxysilane, 2- (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl Ethyl ethyl di Silane group and the like. It is also possible to use two or more of these compounds.

作為其他烷氧基矽烷化合物,例如可列舉:甲基三甲氧基矽烷、甲基三乙氧基矽烷、乙基三甲氧基矽烷、乙基三乙氧基矽烷、丙基三甲氧基矽烷、丙基三乙氧基矽烷、異丁基三甲氧基矽烷、異丁基三乙氧基矽烷、環己基三甲氧基矽烷、環己基三乙氧基矽烷、3-異氰酸酯丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-異氰酸酯丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-胺基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-脲基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-脲基丙基三乙氧基矽烷等三官能烷氧基矽烷化合物;四甲氧基矽烷、四乙氧基矽烷、矽酸酯51(四乙氧基矽烷寡聚物)等四官能烷氧基矽烷化合物;三甲基甲氧基矽烷、三苯基甲氧基矽烷等單官能烷氧基矽烷化合物;3-縮水甘油氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-縮水甘油氧基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-縮水甘油氧基丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、2-(3,4-環氧基環己基)乙基三甲氧基矽烷、2-(3,4-環氧基環己基)乙基三乙氧基矽烷、2-(3,4-環氧基環己基)乙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、2-(3,4-環氧基環己基)乙基乙基二甲氧基矽烷、3-乙基-3-{[3-(三甲氧基矽烷基)丙氧基]甲基}氧雜環丁烷、3-乙基-3-{[3-(三乙氧基矽烷基)丙氧基]甲基}氧雜環丁烷等含有環氧基及/或氧雜環丁烷基的烷氧基矽烷化合物;苯基三甲氧基矽烷、苯基三乙氧基矽烷、二苯基二甲氧基矽烷、二苯基二乙氧基矽烷、1-萘基三甲氧基矽烷、2-萘基三甲氧基矽烷、甲苯基三甲氧基矽烷、甲苯基三乙氧基矽烷、1-苯基乙基三甲氧基矽烷、1-苯基乙基三乙氧基矽烷、2-苯基乙基三甲氧基矽烷、2-苯基乙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-三甲氧基矽烷基丙基鄰苯二甲酸酐、3-三乙氧基矽烷基丙基鄰苯二甲酸酐、3-二甲基甲氧基矽烷基丙基鄰苯二甲酸酐、3-二甲基乙氧基矽烷基丙基鄰苯二甲酸酐等含芳香環的烷氧基矽烷化合物;苯乙烯基三甲氧基矽烷、苯乙烯基三乙氧基矽烷、乙烯基三甲氧基矽烷、乙烯基三乙氧基矽烷、烯丙基三甲氧基矽烷、烯丙基三乙氧基矽烷、γ-丙烯醯基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、γ-丙烯醯基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、γ-甲基丙烯醯基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、γ-甲基丙烯醯基丙基三乙氧基矽烷等含自由基聚合性基的烷氧基矽烷化合物;3-三甲氧基矽烷基丙酸、3-三乙氧基矽烷基丙酸、3-二甲基甲氧基矽烷基丙酸、3-二甲基乙氧基矽烷基丙酸、4-三甲氧基矽烷基丁酸、4-三乙氧基矽烷基丁酸、4-二甲基甲氧基矽烷基丁酸、4-二甲基乙氧基矽烷基丁酸、5-三甲氧基矽烷基戊酸、5-三乙氧基矽烷基戊酸、5-二甲基甲氧基矽烷基戊酸、5-二甲基乙氧基矽烷基戊酸、3-三甲氧基矽烷基丙基丁二酸酐、3-三乙氧基矽烷基丙基丁二酸酐、3-二甲基甲氧基矽烷基丙基丁二酸酐、3-二甲基乙氧基矽烷基丙基丁二酸酐、3-三甲氧基矽烷基丙基環己基二羧酸酐、3-三乙氧基矽烷基丙基環己基二羧酸酐、3-二甲基甲氧基矽烷基丙基環己基二羧酸酐、3-二甲基乙氧基矽烷基丙基環己基二羧酸酐、3-三甲氧基矽烷基丙基鄰苯二甲酸酐、3-三乙氧基矽烷基丙基鄰苯二甲酸酐、3-二甲基甲氧基矽烷基丙基鄰苯二甲酸酐、3-二甲基乙氧基矽烷基丙基鄰苯二甲酸酐等含羧基的烷氧基矽烷化合物等。Examples of other alkoxysilane compounds include methyltrimethoxysilane, methyltriethoxysilane, ethyltrimethoxysilane, ethyltriethoxysilane, propyltrimethoxysilane, and propane Triethoxysilane, isobutyltrimethoxysilane, isobutyltriethoxysilane, cyclohexyltrimethoxysilane, cyclohexyltriethoxysilane, 3-isocyanatepropyltrimethoxysilane, 3 -Isocyanatepropyltriethoxysilane, 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, 3-ureidopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-ureidopropyl Trifunctional alkoxysilane compounds such as triethoxysilane; tetrafunctional silane compounds such as tetramethoxysilane, tetraethoxysilane, and silicate 51 (tetraethoxysilane oligomer); three Monofunctional alkoxysilane compounds such as methylmethoxysilane and triphenylmethoxysilane; 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropyltriethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropylmethyldiethoxysilane, 2- (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) ethyltrimethoxy Alkane, 2- (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) ethyltriethoxysilane, 2- (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) ethylmethyldimethoxysilane, 2- (3 , 4-epoxycyclohexyl) ethylethyldimethoxysilane, 3-ethyl-3-{[3- (trimethoxysilyl) propoxy] methyl} oxetane, 3-ethyl-3-{[3- (triethoxysilyl) propoxy] methyl} oxetane and other alkoxysilanes containing epoxy groups and / or oxetanyl groups Compounds; phenyltrimethoxysilane, phenyltriethoxysilane, diphenyldimethoxysilane, diphenyldiethoxysilane, 1-naphthyltrimethoxysilane, 2-naphthyltrimethoxysilane Silane, tolyltrimethoxysilane, tolyltriethoxysilane, 1-phenylethyltrimethoxysilane, 1-phenylethyltriethoxysilane, 2-phenylethyltrimethoxysilane Silane, 2-phenylethyltriethoxysilane, 3-trimethoxysilylpropylphthalic anhydride, 3-triethoxysilylpropylphthalic anhydride, 3-dimethyl Aromatic ring-containing alkoxy groups such as methoxysilylpropylphthalic anhydride and 3-dimethylethoxysilylpropylphthalic anhydride Silyl compounds; styryltrimethoxysilane, styryltriethoxysilane, vinyltrimethoxysilane, vinyltriethoxysilane, allyltrimethoxysilane, allyltriethoxy Silane, γ-propenyl propyl trimethoxysilane, γ-propenyl propyl triethoxy silane, γ-methacryl propyl trimethoxy silane, γ-methacryl propyl trimethoxy silane Radical polymerizable group-containing alkoxysilane compounds such as triethoxysilane; 3-trimethoxysilylpropionic acid, 3-triethoxysilylpropionic acid, 3-dimethylmethoxysilane Propanoic acid, 3-dimethylethoxysilylpropanoic acid, 4-trimethoxysilylbutanoic acid, 4-triethoxysilylbutanoic acid, 4-dimethylmethoxysilylbutanoic acid , 4-dimethylethoxysilylbutanoic acid, 5-trimethoxysilylvaleric acid, 5-triethoxysilylvaleric acid, 5-dimethylmethoxysilylvaleric acid, 5- Dimethylethoxysilyl valeric acid, 3-trimethoxysilylpropyl succinic anhydride, 3-triethoxysilylpropyl succinic anhydride, 3-dimethylmethoxysilylpropyl Succinic anhydride, 3 -Dimethylethoxysilylpropylsuccinic anhydride, 3-trimethoxysilylpropylcyclohexyldicarboxylic anhydride, 3-triethoxysilylpropylcyclohexyldicarboxylic anhydride, 3-dimethyl Methylmethoxysilylpropylcyclohexyldicarboxylic anhydride, 3-dimethylethoxysilylpropylcyclohexyldicarboxylic anhydride, 3-trimethoxysilylpropylphthalic anhydride, 3-trimethoxysilane Ethoxysilylpropylphthalic anhydride, 3-dimethylmethoxysilylpropylphthalic anhydride, 3-dimethylethoxysilylpropylphthalic anhydride, etc. A carboxyl alkoxysilane compound and the like.

就使(B)矽氧烷樹脂的所有重覆單元中的通式(1)所表示的重覆單元及通式(2)所表示的重覆單元的含量為所述範圍內的觀點而言,作為(B)矽氧烷樹脂的原料的烷氧基矽烷化合物的混合物中的、通式(4)所表示的烷氧基矽烷化合物及通式(5)所表示的烷氧基矽烷化合物的合計含量較佳為40莫耳%以上,更佳為50莫耳%以上。另一方面,就同樣的觀點而言,通式(4)所表示的烷氧基矽烷化合物及通式(5)所表示的烷氧基矽烷化合物的合計含量較佳為80莫耳%以下,更佳為70莫耳%以下。再者,於僅包含通式(4)所表示的烷氧基矽烷化合物及通式(5)所表示的烷氧基矽烷化合物中的一者的情況下,只要於所述範圍內包含所述烷氧基矽烷化合物即可,於包含通式(4)所表示的烷氧基矽烷化合物及通式(5)所表示的烷氧基矽烷化合物兩者的情況下,只要於所述範圍內包含該些的合計即可。From the viewpoint that the content of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (1) and the repeating unit represented by the general formula (2) among all the repeating units of the (B) siloxane resin is within the above range Of the alkoxysilane compound represented by the general formula (4) and the alkoxysilane compound represented by the general formula (5) in a mixture of alkoxysilane compounds as a raw material of the (B) siloxane resin The total content is preferably 40 mol% or more, and more preferably 50 mol% or more. On the other hand, from the same viewpoint, the total content of the alkoxysilane compound represented by the general formula (4) and the alkoxysilane compound represented by the general formula (5) is preferably 80 mol% or less, More preferably, it is 70 mol% or less. In addition, when only one of the alkoxysilane compound represented by General formula (4) and the alkoxysilane compound represented by General formula (5) is included, as long as it is included in the said range, The alkoxysilane compound is sufficient, and when both the alkoxysilane compound represented by the general formula (4) and the alkoxysilane compound represented by the general formula (5) are included, the alkoxysilane compound is included within the above range. These totals are sufficient.

就塗佈特性的觀點而言,(B)矽氧烷樹脂的重量平均分子量(Mw)較佳為1,000以上,更佳為2,000以上。另一方面,就顯影性的觀點而言,(B)矽氧烷樹脂的Mw較佳為50,000以下,更佳為20,000以下。此處,所謂本發明中的(B)矽氧烷樹脂的Mw是指利用凝膠滲透層析法(Gel Permeation Chromatography,GPC)測定而得的聚苯乙烯換算值。From the viewpoint of coating characteristics, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the (B) siloxane resin is preferably 1,000 or more, and more preferably 2,000 or more. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of developability, the Mw of the (B) silicone resin is preferably 50,000 or less, and more preferably 20,000 or less. Here, the Mw of the (B) siloxane resin in the present invention refers to a polystyrene conversion value measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC).

(B)矽氧烷樹脂的波長587.5 nm下的折射率較佳為1.35~1.55。藉由將(B)矽氧烷樹脂的折射率設為1.35以上,可抑制(A)白色顏料與(B)矽氧烷樹脂的過剩的界面反射,進一步提高解析度。(B)矽氧烷樹脂的折射率更佳為1.40以上。另一方面,藉由將(B)矽氧烷樹脂的折射率設為1.55以下,可增大(A)白色顏料與(B)矽氧烷樹脂的界面反射,進一步提高反射率。(B)矽氧烷樹脂的折射率更佳為1.50以下。此處,關於(B)矽氧烷樹脂的折射率,對於矽晶圓上所形成的矽氧烷樹脂的硬化膜,使用稜鏡偶合器(PC-2000(麥克恩(Metricon)(股)製造)),於大氣壓下、20℃的條件下,自相對於硬化膜面垂直的方向照射波長587.5 nm的光進行測定。其中,四捨五入至小數點以下第三位。再者,矽氧烷樹脂的硬化膜藉由如下方式製作:於矽晶圓上旋轉塗佈如下矽氧烷樹脂溶液,於利用90℃的加熱板進行2分鐘乾燥後,使用烘箱,於空氣中,在230℃下熟化30分鐘,所述矽氧烷樹脂溶液是將矽氧烷樹脂以固體成分濃度成為40重量%的方式溶解於有機溶媒中而成。於負型感光性著色組成物含有兩種以上(B)矽氧烷樹脂的情況下,較佳為至少一種的折射率為所述範圍內。(B) The refractive index of the siloxane resin at a wavelength of 587.5 nm is preferably 1.35 to 1.55. By setting the refractive index of the (B) siloxane resin to 1.35 or more, it is possible to suppress excessive interface reflection between the (A) white pigment and (B) the siloxane resin, and further improve the resolution. (B) The refractive index of the siloxane resin is more preferably 1.40 or more. On the other hand, by setting the refractive index of the (B) silicone resin to 1.55 or less, the interface reflection between the (A) white pigment and the (B) silicone resin can be increased, and the reflectance can be further improved. (B) The refractive index of the siloxane resin is more preferably 1.50 or less. Here, regarding the refractive index of the (B) siloxane resin, a hardened film of the siloxane resin formed on a silicon wafer is made of a ytterbium coupling (PC-2000 (manufactured by Metricon) )), At a temperature of 20 ° C under atmospheric pressure, the measurement was performed by irradiating light with a wavelength of 587.5 nm from a direction perpendicular to the surface of the cured film. Among them, round to the third decimal place. In addition, the cured film of the siloxane resin was produced by spin-coating the following siloxane resin solution on a silicon wafer, dried for 2 minutes using a 90 ° C hot plate, and then using an oven in the air. After being cured at 230 ° C for 30 minutes, the siloxane resin solution was prepared by dissolving the siloxane resin in an organic solvent so that the solid content concentration became 40% by weight. When the negative photosensitive coloring composition contains two or more (B) siloxane resins, it is preferable that at least one kind of refractive index is within the above range.

(A)白色顏料與(B)矽氧烷樹脂的波長587.5 nm下的折射率差較佳為1.16~1.26。藉由將折射率差設為1.16以上,可增大(A)白色顏料與(B)矽氧烷樹脂的界面反射,進一步提高反射率。折射率差更佳為1.18以上。另一方面,藉由將折射率差設為1.26以下,可抑制(A)白色顏料與(B)矽氧烷樹脂的過剩的界面反射,進一步提高解析度。折射率差更佳為1.24以下。The difference in refractive index between (A) the white pigment and (B) the siloxane resin at a wavelength of 587.5 nm is preferably 1.16 to 1.26. By setting the refractive index difference to 1.16 or more, the interface reflection between (A) the white pigment and (B) the siloxane resin can be increased, and the reflectance can be further improved. The refractive index difference is more preferably 1.18 or more. On the other hand, by setting the refractive index difference to 1.26 or less, excessive interface reflection between the (A) white pigment and (B) the siloxane resin can be suppressed, and the resolution can be further improved. The refractive index difference is more preferably 1.24 or less.

於本發明的負型感光性著色組成物中,(B)矽氧烷樹脂的含量可根據所需的膜厚或用途而任意設定,於負型感光性著色組成物中較佳為10重量%~60重量%。另外,(B)矽氧烷樹脂的含量於負型感光性著色組成物的固體成分中較佳為10重量%以上,更佳為20重量%以上。另一方面,(B)矽氧烷樹脂的含量於負型感光性著色組成物的固體成分中較佳為60重量%以下,更佳為50重量%以下。In the negative photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention, the content of the (B) siloxane resin can be arbitrarily set according to the required film thickness or use, and it is preferably 10% by weight in the negative photosensitive coloring composition. ~ 60% by weight. The content of the (B) siloxane resin in the solid content of the negative photosensitive coloring composition is preferably 10% by weight or more, and more preferably 20% by weight or more. On the other hand, the content of the (B) siloxane resin in the solid content of the negative photosensitive coloring composition is preferably 60% by weight or less, and more preferably 50% by weight or less.

(B)矽氧烷樹脂可藉由如下方式而獲得:於將所述有機矽烷化合物水解後,使該水解物於溶媒的存在下或無溶媒下進行脫水縮合反應。(B) The siloxane resin can be obtained by hydrolyzing the organic silane compound, and then subjecting the hydrolysate to a dehydration condensation reaction in the presence or absence of a solvent.

水解的各種條件可考慮反應規模、反應容器的大小、形狀等,根據適合於目標用途的物性設定。作為各種條件,例如可列舉氧濃度、反應溫度、反應時間等。Various conditions for the hydrolysis can be set in consideration of the reaction scale, the size and shape of the reaction vessel, and the like, according to physical properties suitable for the intended use. Examples of the various conditions include oxygen concentration, reaction temperature, and reaction time.

水解反應中可使用鹽酸、乙酸、甲酸、硝酸、草酸、硫酸、磷酸、聚磷酸、多元羧酸或其酐、離子交換樹脂等酸觸媒。該些中,較佳為包含甲酸、乙酸及/或磷酸的酸性水溶液。In the hydrolysis reaction, acid catalysts such as hydrochloric acid, acetic acid, formic acid, nitric acid, oxalic acid, sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, polyphosphoric acid, polycarboxylic acids or their anhydrides, and ion exchange resins can be used. Among these, an acidic aqueous solution containing formic acid, acetic acid, and / or phosphoric acid is preferable.

於在水解反應中使用酸觸媒的情況下,就使水解更迅速地進行的觀點而言,相對於水解反應中使用的所有烷氧基矽烷化合物100重量份,酸觸媒的添加量較佳為0.05重量份以上,更佳為0.1重量份以上。另一方面,就適度地調整水解反應的進行的觀點而言,相對於所有烷氧基矽烷化合物100重量份,酸觸媒的添加量較佳為20重量份以下,更佳為10重量份以下。此處,所謂所有烷氧基矽烷化合物量,是指包含烷氧基矽烷化合物、其水解物及其縮合物全部的量。In the case where an acid catalyst is used in the hydrolysis reaction, the amount of the acid catalyst is preferably more than 100 parts by weight of all the alkoxysilane compounds used in the hydrolysis reaction from the viewpoint of making the hydrolysis proceed more quickly. It is 0.05 parts by weight or more, and more preferably 0.1 parts by weight or more. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of appropriately adjusting the progress of the hydrolysis reaction, the addition amount of the acid catalyst is preferably 20 parts by weight or less, and more preferably 10 parts by weight or less, relative to 100 parts by weight of all the alkoxysilane compounds. . Here, the total amount of the alkoxysilane compound refers to an amount including the entire amount of the alkoxysilane compound, a hydrolyzate thereof, and a condensate thereof.

水解反應可於有機溶媒中進行。可考慮負型感光性著色組成物的穩定性、潤濕性、揮發性等適宜選擇有機溶媒。作為有機溶媒,例如可列舉:甲醇、乙醇、丙醇、異丙醇、丁醇、異丁醇、第三丁醇、戊醇、4-甲基-2-戊醇、3-甲基-2-丁醇、3-甲基-3-甲氧基-1-丁醇、二丙酮醇等醇類;乙二醇、丙二醇等二醇類;乙二醇單甲醚、乙二醇單乙醚、丙二醇單甲醚、丙二醇單乙醚、丙二醇單丙醚、丙二醇單丁醚、丙二醇單-第三丁醚、乙二醇二甲醚、乙二醇二乙醚、乙二醇二丁醚、二乙醚等醚類;甲基乙基酮、乙醯丙酮、甲基丙基酮、甲基丁基酮、甲基異丁基酮、二異丁基酮、環戊酮、2-庚酮等酮類;二甲基甲醯胺、二甲基乙醯胺等醯胺類;乙酸乙酯、乙酸丙酯、乙酸丁酯、乙酸異丁酯、乙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、3-甲氧基丁基乙酸酯、3-甲基-3-甲氧基丁基乙酸酯、乳酸甲酯、乳酸乙酯、乳酸丁酯等乙酸酯類;甲苯、二甲苯、己烷、環己烷等芳香族或脂肪族烴;γ-丁內酯、N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、二甲基亞碸等。亦可使用兩種以上該些化合物。The hydrolysis reaction can be performed in an organic solvent. An organic solvent may be appropriately selected in consideration of the stability, wettability, and volatility of the negative photosensitive coloring composition. Examples of the organic solvent include methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, butanol, isobutanol, tertiary butanol, pentanol, 4-methyl-2-pentanol, and 3-methyl-2. -Alcohols such as butanol, 3-methyl-3-methoxy-1-butanol, diacetone alcohol; glycols such as ethylene glycol, propylene glycol; ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, Propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monopropyl ether, propylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol mono-third butyl ether, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, ethylene glycol diethyl ether, ethylene glycol dibutyl ether, diethyl ether, etc. Ethers; ketones such as methyl ethyl ketone, acetone acetone, methyl propyl ketone, methyl butyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, diisobutyl ketone, cyclopentanone, 2-heptanone; Amines such as dimethylformamide and dimethylacetamide; ethyl acetate, propyl acetate, butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate Esters, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutyl acetate, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, butyl lactate and other acetates; toluene, xylene, Aromatic or aliphatic such as hexane and cyclohexane Hydrocarbons; γ-butyrolactone, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, dimethylsulfinium and the like. It is also possible to use two or more of these compounds.

該些中,就硬化膜的耐裂紋性等觀點而言,可較佳地使用二丙酮醇、丙二醇單甲醚、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單乙醚、丙二醇單丙醚、丙二醇單丁醚、丙二醇單-第三丁醚、γ-丁內酯等。Among these, from the viewpoint of crack resistance of the cured film, diacetone alcohol, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monopropyl ether, and propylene glycol monobutyl ether can be preferably used. Ether, propylene glycol mono-third butyl ether, γ-butyrolactone, and the like.

於藉由水解反應而生成有機溶媒的情況下,亦可在無溶媒下進行水解。亦較佳為於水解反應結束後於所獲得的組成物中進一步添加有機溶媒,藉此調整為對於用作負型感光性著色組成物而言適當的濃度。另外,亦可於水解後藉由加熱及/或減壓下將生成醇等的總量或一部分餾出、去除,然後添加合適的有機溶媒。When an organic solvent is generated by a hydrolysis reaction, hydrolysis may be performed without a solvent. It is also preferable to add an organic solvent to the obtained composition after the completion of the hydrolysis reaction to adjust the concentration to an appropriate concentration for use as a negative photosensitive coloring composition. In addition, after the hydrolysis, the total amount or a part of the alcohol produced can be distilled off and removed under heating and / or reduced pressure, and then an appropriate organic solvent can be added.

於在水解反應中使用有機溶媒的情況下,就抑制凝膠的生成的觀點而言,相對於所有烷氧基矽烷化合物100重量份,有機溶媒的添加量較佳為50重量份以上,更佳為80重量份以上。另一方面,就使水解更迅速地進行的觀點而言,相對於所有烷氧基矽烷化合物100重量份,有機溶媒的添加量較佳為500重量份以下,更佳為200重量份以下。In the case where an organic solvent is used in the hydrolysis reaction, from the viewpoint of suppressing the formation of a gel, the amount of the organic solvent added is preferably 50 parts by weight or more relative to 100 parts by weight of all the alkoxysilane compounds. It is 80 parts by weight or more. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of allowing the hydrolysis to proceed more quickly, the amount of the organic solvent added is preferably 500 parts by weight or less, more preferably 200 parts by weight or less, relative to 100 parts by weight of all the alkoxysilane compounds.

另外,水解反應中使用的水較佳為離子交換水。水的量可任意設定,相對於所有烷氧基矽烷化合物1莫耳,較佳為1.0莫耳~4.0莫耳。The water used in the hydrolysis reaction is preferably ion-exchanged water. The amount of water can be arbitrarily set, and is preferably 1.0 mol to 4.0 mol relative to 1 mol of all the alkoxysilane compounds.

作為脫水縮合反應的方法,例如可列舉對藉由有機矽烷化合物的水解反應而獲得的矽烷醇化合物溶液直接進行加熱的方法等。加熱溫度較佳為50℃以上且溶媒的沸點以下,加熱時間較佳為1小時~100小時。另外,為了提高矽氧烷樹脂的聚合度,亦可進行再加熱或鹼觸媒的添加。另外,亦可根據目的於水解後,於加熱及/或減壓下餾出、去除適量的生成醇等,其後添加合適的溶媒。Examples of the method of the dehydration condensation reaction include a method of directly heating a silanol compound solution obtained by a hydrolysis reaction of an organic silane compound, and the like. The heating temperature is preferably 50 ° C or higher and the boiling point of the solvent or lower, and the heating time is preferably 1 hour to 100 hours. In addition, in order to increase the degree of polymerization of the siloxane resin, reheating or addition of an alkali catalyst may be performed. In addition, depending on the purpose, after hydrolysis, distillation may be performed under heating and / or reduced pressure to remove an appropriate amount of generated alcohol and the like, and then a suitable solvent may be added.

就負型感光性著色組成物的保存穩定性的觀點而言,較佳為水解、脫水縮合後的矽氧烷樹脂溶液中不含所述觸媒,可視需要而進行觸媒的去除。就操作的簡便性及去除性的觀點而言,作為觸媒去除方法,較佳為水清洗、利用離子交換樹脂的處理等。所謂水清洗是指以適當的疏水性溶媒將矽氧烷樹脂溶液稀釋後,以水清洗數次,利用蒸發器等將所獲得的有機層濃縮的方法。所謂利用離子交換樹脂的處理是指使矽氧烷樹脂溶液與適當的離子交換樹脂接觸的方法。From the viewpoint of storage stability of the negative photosensitive coloring composition, it is preferred that the catalyst is not contained in the siloxane resin solution after hydrolysis and dehydration condensation, and the catalyst can be removed as necessary. From the viewpoint of ease of operation and removability, as the catalyst removal method, water washing, treatment with an ion exchange resin, and the like are preferred. The water washing is a method of diluting a siloxane resin solution with an appropriate hydrophobic solvent, washing the water several times, and concentrating the obtained organic layer with an evaporator or the like. The treatment with an ion exchange resin refers to a method in which a siloxane resin solution is brought into contact with an appropriate ion exchange resin.

(C)光聚合起始劑
藉由含有(C)光聚合起始劑及(D)光聚合性化合物,利用因光照射自(C)光聚合起始劑產生的自由基進行(D)光聚合性化合物的聚合,負型感光性著色組成物的曝光部相對於鹼性水溶液而言為不溶化,因此可形成負型的圖案。
(C) Photopolymerization initiator contains (C) a photopolymerization initiator and (D) a photopolymerizable compound, and performs (D) light using a radical generated from (C) the photopolymerization initiator by light irradiation. The polymerizable compound is polymerized and the exposed portion of the negative photosensitive coloring composition is insolubilized with respect to the alkaline aqueous solution, so that a negative pattern can be formed.

(C)光聚合起始劑只要藉由光(包括紫外線、電子束)分解及/或反應而產生自由基,則可為任意的光自由基聚合起始劑。例如可列舉:2-甲基-[4-(甲硫基)苯基]-2-嗎啉代丙烷-1-酮、2-二甲基胺基-2-(4-甲基苄基)-1-(4-嗎啉-4-基-苯基)-丁烷-1-酮、2-苄基-2-二甲基胺基-1-(4-嗎啉代苯基)-丁酮-1等α-胺基苯烷基酮化合物;2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基苯基氧化膦、雙(2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基)-苯基氧化膦、雙(2,6-二甲氧基苯甲醯基)-(2,4,4-三甲基戊基)-氧化膦等醯基氧化膦化合物;1-苯基-1,2-丙二酮-2-(O-乙氧基羰基)肟、1,2-辛二酮,1-[4-(苯硫基)-2-(O-苯甲醯基肟)]、1-苯基-1,2-丁酮-2-(O-甲氧基羰基)肟、1,3-二苯基丙烷三酮-2-(O-乙氧基羰基)肟、乙酮,1-[9-乙基-6-(2-甲基苯甲醯基)-9H-咔唑-3-基]-,1-(O-乙醯基肟)等肟酯化合物;苄基二甲基縮酮等苄基縮酮化合物;2-羥基-2-甲基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮、1-(4-異丙基苯基)-2-羥基-2-甲基丙烷-1-酮、4-(2-羥基乙氧基)苯基-(2-羥基-2-丙基)酮、1-羥基環己基-苯基酮等α-羥基酮化合物;二苯甲酮、4,4-雙(二甲基胺基)二苯甲酮、4,4-雙(二乙基胺基)二苯甲酮、O-苯甲醯基苯甲酸甲酯、4-苯基二苯甲酮、4,4-二氯二苯甲酮、羥基二苯甲酮、4-苯甲醯基-4'-甲基-二苯基硫醚、烷基化二苯甲酮、3,3',4,4'-四(第三丁基過氧化羰基)二苯甲酮等二苯甲酮化合物;2,2-二乙氧基苯乙酮、2,3-二乙氧基苯乙酮、4-第三丁基二氯苯乙酮、苯亞甲基苯乙酮、4-疊氮苯亞甲基苯乙酮等苯乙酮化合物;2-苯基-2-氧基乙酸甲酯等芳香族酮酯化合物;4-二甲基胺基苯甲酸乙酯、4-二甲基胺基苯甲酸(2-乙基)己酯、4-二乙基胺基苯甲酸乙酯、2-苯甲醯基苯甲酸甲酯等苯甲酸酯化合物等。亦可含有兩種以上該些化合物。(C) The photopolymerization initiator may be any photoradical polymerization initiator as long as radicals are generated by decomposition and / or reaction of light (including ultraviolet rays and electron beams). Examples include 2-methyl- [4- (methylthio) phenyl] -2-morpholinopropane-1-one, 2-dimethylamino-2- (4-methylbenzyl) -1- (4-morpholin-4-yl-phenyl) -butane-1-one, 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1- (4-morpholinophenyl) -butane Α-Aminobenzoyl ketone compounds such as ketone-1; 2,4,6-trimethylbenzylidenephenylphosphine oxide, bis (2,4,6-trimethylbenzylidene) -benzene Phosphonium oxide compounds such as phosphine oxide, bis (2,6-dimethoxybenzylidene)-(2,4,4-trimethylpentyl) -phosphine oxide; 1-phenyl-1, 2-propanedione-2- (O-ethoxycarbonyl) oxime, 1,2-octanedione, 1- [4- (phenylthio) -2- (O-benzylideneoxime)], 1-phenyl-1,2-butanone-2- (O-methoxycarbonyl) oxime, 1,3-diphenylpropanetrione-2- (O-ethoxycarbonyl) oxime, ethyl ketone, 1- [9-ethyl-6- (2-methylbenzylidene) -9H-carbazol-3-yl]-, 1- (O-acetamidooxime) and other oxime ester compounds; benzyl di Benzyl ketal compounds such as methyl ketal; 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenylpropane-1-one, 1- (4-isopropylphenyl) -2-hydroxy-2-methyl Α-hydroxy ketone compounds such as propane-1-one, 4- (2-hydroxyethoxy) phenyl- (2-hydroxy-2-propyl) ketone, and 1-hydroxycyclohexyl-phenyl ketone; two Methanone, 4,4-bis (dimethylamino) benzophenone, 4,4-bis (diethylamino) benzophenone, methyl O-benzylbenzoate, 4- Phenylbenzophenone, 4,4-dichlorobenzophenone, hydroxybenzophenone, 4-benzylmethyl-4'-methyl-diphenylsulfide, alkylated benzophenone , 3,3 ', 4,4'-tetrakis (third butylperoxycarbonyl) benzophenone compounds such as benzophenone; 2,2-diethoxyacetophenone, 2,3-diethyl Acetophenone compounds such as oxyacetophenone, 4-tert-butyldichloroacetophenone, acetophenone, 4-azidophenideneacetophenone; 2-phenyl-2- Aromatic ketoester compounds such as methyl oxyacetate; ethyl 4-dimethylaminobenzoate, (2-ethyl) hexyl 4-dimethylaminobenzoate, 4-diethylaminobenzene Benzoate compounds such as ethyl formate and methyl 2-benzylidene benzoate. Two or more of these compounds may be contained.

於本發明的負型感光性著色組成物不含(A)白色顏料以外的著色劑的情況下,為了抑制(C)光聚合起始劑引起的著色,較佳為2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基苯基氧化膦、雙(2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基)-苯基氧化膦、雙(2,6-二甲氧基苯甲醯基)-(2,4,4-三甲基戊基)-氧化膦等醯基氧化膦系光聚合起始劑。In the case where the negative photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention does not contain a coloring agent other than (A) a white pigment, in order to suppress the coloring caused by the (C) photopolymerization initiator, it is preferably 2,4,6-tri Methylbenzylphenylphenylphosphine oxide, bis (2,4,6-trimethylbenzylfluorenyl) -phenylphosphine oxide, bis (2,6-dimethoxybenzylmethyl)-( 2,4,4-trimethylpentyl) -phosphonium oxide and other fluorenyl phosphine oxide-based photopolymerization initiators.

就有效果地進行自由基硬化的觀點而言,本發明的負型感光性著色組成物中的(C)光聚合起始劑的含量於固體成分中,較佳為0.01重量%以上,更佳為1重量%以上。另一方面,就抑制殘留的(C)光聚合起始劑的溶出等,進一步提高黃變的觀點而言,(C)光聚合起始劑的含量於固體成分中,較佳為20重量%以下,更佳為10重量%以下。From the viewpoint of efficiently performing radical curing, the content of the (C) photopolymerization initiator in the negative photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention is preferably 0.01% by weight or more in the solid content, and more preferably It is 1% by weight or more. On the other hand, the content of the (C) photopolymerization initiator in the solid content is preferably 20% by weight from the viewpoint of suppressing dissolution of the remaining (C) photopolymerization initiator and the like to further improve yellowing. Hereinafter, it is more preferably 10% by weight or less.

(D)光聚合性化合物
所謂本發明中的光聚合性化合物,是指於分子中具有乙烯性不飽和雙鍵的化合物。光聚合性化合物較佳為於分子中具有兩個以上乙烯性不飽和雙鍵。若考慮自由基聚合性的容易性,則(D)光聚合性化合物較佳為具有(甲基)丙烯酸基。另外,就進一步提高圖案加工中的感度的觀點而言,(D)光聚合性化合物的雙鍵當量較佳為400 g/mol以下。另一方面,就進一步提高圖案加工中的解析度的觀點而言,(D)光聚合性化合物的雙鍵當量較佳為80 g/mol以上。
(D) Photopolymerizable compound The photopolymerizable compound in the present invention refers to a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated double bond in the molecule. The photopolymerizable compound preferably has two or more ethylenically unsaturated double bonds in the molecule. Considering the ease of radical polymerizability, the (D) photopolymerizable compound preferably has a (meth) acrylic group. From the viewpoint of further improving the sensitivity in pattern processing, the double bond equivalent of the (D) photopolymerizable compound is preferably 400 g / mol or less. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of further improving the resolution in pattern processing, the double bond equivalent of the (D) photopolymerizable compound is preferably 80 g / mol or more.

作為(D)光聚合性化合物,例如可列舉:二乙二醇二丙烯酸酯、三乙二醇二丙烯酸酯、四乙二醇二丙烯酸酯、二乙二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、三乙二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、四乙二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷二丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷二甲基丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三甲基丙烯酸酯、1,3-丁二醇二丙烯酸酯、1,3-丁二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、新戊二醇二丙烯酸酯、1,4-丁二醇二丙烯酸酯、1,4-丁二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、1,6-己二醇二丙烯酸酯、1,9-壬二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、1,10-癸二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、二羥甲基-三環癸烷二丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇三丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇四丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇三甲基丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇四甲基丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇五丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇六丙烯酸酯、三季戊四醇七丙烯酸酯、三季戊四醇八丙烯酸酯、四季戊四醇九丙烯酸酯、四季戊四醇十丙烯酸酯、五季戊四醇十一丙烯酸酯、五季戊四醇十二丙烯酸酯、三季戊四醇七甲基丙烯酸酯、三季戊四醇八甲基丙烯酸酯、四季戊四醇九甲基丙烯酸酯、四季戊四醇十甲基丙烯酸酯、五季戊四醇十一甲基丙烯酸酯、五季戊四醇十二甲基丙烯酸酯、二羥甲基-三環癸烷二丙烯酸酯、「美佳法(Megafac)」(註冊商標)RS-76-E、RS-56、RS-72-K、RS-75、RS-76-E、RS-76-NS、RS-76、RS-90(以上為商品名,DIC(股)製造)等。亦可含有兩種以上該些化合物。Examples of the (D) photopolymerizable compound include diethylene glycol diacrylate, triethylene glycol diacrylate, tetraethylene glycol diacrylate, diethylene glycol dimethacrylate, and triethylene glycol. Alcohol dimethacrylate, tetraethylene glycol dimethacrylate, trimethylolpropane diacrylate, trimethylolpropane triacrylate, trimethylolpropane dimethacrylate, trimethylol Propane trimethacrylate, 1,3-butanediol diacrylate, 1,3-butanediol dimethacrylate, neopentyl glycol diacrylate, 1,4-butanediol diacrylate, 1,4-butanediol dimethacrylate, 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate, 1,9-nonanediol dimethacrylate, 1,10-decanediol dimethacrylate, Dimethylol-tricyclodecane diacrylate, pentaerythritol triacrylate, pentaerythritol tetraacrylate, pentaerythritol trimethacrylate, pentaerythritol tetramethacrylate, dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate, dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, three Pentaerythritol heptaacrylate, three pentaerythritol octaacrylate, four seasons pentaerythritol Alcohol Nine Acrylate, Tetrapentaerythritol Ten Acrylate, Pentaerythritol Eleven Acrylate, Pentaerythritol Dodecyl Acrylate, Tripentaerythritol Heptamethacrylate, Tripentaerythritol Octamethacrylate, Tetrapentaerythritol Nine Methacrylate, Tetraol Pentaerythritol decyl methacrylate, pentaerythritol undecyl methacrylate, pentaerythritol dodecyl methacrylate, dimethylol-tricyclodecane diacrylate, "Megafac" (registered trademark) RS -76-E, RS-56, RS-72-K, RS-75, RS-76-E, RS-76-NS, RS-76, RS-90 (The above are trade names, manufactured by DIC Corporation) Wait. Two or more of these compounds may be contained.

該些中,就進一步提高反射率的觀點而言,較佳為具有氟原子的化合物。亦可含有具有氟原子的光聚合性化合物與其他光聚合性化合物。Among these, from the viewpoint of further improving the reflectance, a compound having a fluorine atom is preferred. It may contain a photopolymerizable compound having a fluorine atom and other photopolymerizable compounds.

就有效果地進行自由基硬化的觀點而言,本發明的負型感光性著色組成物中的(D)光聚合性化合物的含量於固體成分中,較佳為1重量%以上。另一方面,就抑制自由基的過剩反應且進一步提高解析度的觀點而言,(D)光聚合性化合物的含量於固體成分中,較佳為40重量%以下。From the viewpoint of efficiently performing radical curing, the content of the (D) photopolymerizable compound in the negative photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention is preferably 1% by weight or more in the solid content. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of suppressing an excess reaction of radicals and further improving the resolution, the content of the (D) photopolymerizable compound in the solid content is preferably 40% by weight or less.

(E)有機溶媒
藉由含有(E)有機溶媒,可容易地調整為適合於塗佈負型感光性著色組成物的黏度,提高塗佈膜的均勻性。
(E) Organic solvent By containing (E) organic solvent, the viscosity suitable for coating a negative photosensitive coloring composition can be adjusted easily, and the uniformity of a coating film can be improved.

作為有機溶媒,較佳為將大氣壓下的沸點超過150℃且250℃以下的有機溶媒與150℃以下的有機溶媒組合。藉由負型感光性著色組成物含有沸點超過150℃且250℃以下的有機溶媒,於塗佈時有機溶媒適度揮發而進行塗膜的乾燥,因此可抑制塗佈不均,提高膜厚均勻性。進而,藉由含有大氣壓下的沸點為150℃以下的有機溶媒,可抑制有機溶媒殘存於後述的本發明的硬化膜中。就抑制有機溶媒殘存於硬化膜中,長期進一步提高耐化學品性及密接性的觀點而言,較佳為含有有機溶媒總體的50重量%以上的、大氣壓下的沸點為150℃以下的有機溶媒。The organic solvent is preferably a combination of an organic solvent having a boiling point at atmospheric pressure exceeding 150 ° C and 250 ° C or lower and an organic solvent of 150 ° C or lower. The negative photosensitive coloring composition contains an organic solvent having a boiling point exceeding 150 ° C and lower than 250 ° C, and the organic solvent is moderately volatilized during coating to dry the coating film. Therefore, uneven coating can be suppressed and the uniformity of the film thickness can be improved. . Furthermore, by containing an organic solvent having a boiling point of 150 ° C. or lower at atmospheric pressure, it is possible to suppress the organic solvent from remaining in the cured film of the present invention described later. From the viewpoint of suppressing the remaining of the organic solvent in the cured film and further improving chemical resistance and adhesion over a long period of time, an organic solvent containing 50% by weight or more of the total organic solvent and having a boiling point at atmospheric pressure of 150 ° C or lower is preferred. .

作為大氣壓下的沸點為150℃以下的有機溶媒,例如可列舉:乙醇、異丙醇、1-丙醇、1-丁醇、2-丁醇、異戊醇、乙二醇單甲醚、乙二醇二甲醚、乙二醇單乙醚、乙酸甲氧基甲酯、丙二醇單甲醚、丙二醇單乙醚、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單丙醚、乙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、1-甲氧基丙基-2-乙酸酯、丙酮醇、乙醯丙酮、甲基異丁基酮、甲基乙基酮、甲基丙基酮、乳酸甲酯、甲苯、環戊酮、環己烷、正庚烷、苯、乙酸甲酯、乙酸乙酯、乙酸丙酯、乙酸異丁酯、乙酸丁酯、乙酸異戊酯、乙酸戊酯、3-羥基-3-甲基-2-丁酮、4-羥基-3-甲基-2-丁酮、5-羥基-2-戊酮。亦可使用兩種以上該些化合物。Examples of the organic solvent having a boiling point of 150 ° C. or lower at atmospheric pressure include ethanol, isopropanol, 1-propanol, 1-butanol, 2-butanol, isoamyl alcohol, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, and ethyl acetate. Glycol dimethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, methoxymethyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monopropyl ether, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate , 1-methoxypropyl-2-acetate, acetol, acetone, methyl isobutyl ketone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl propyl ketone, methyl lactate, toluene, cyclopentanone , Cyclohexane, n-heptane, benzene, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, propyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, butyl acetate, isoamyl acetate, amyl acetate, 3-hydroxy-3-methyl- 2-butanone, 4-hydroxy-3-methyl-2-butanone, 5-hydroxy-2-pentanone. It is also possible to use two or more of these compounds.

作為大氣壓下的沸點超過150℃且250℃以下的有機溶媒,例如可列舉:乙二醇二乙醚、乙二醇單-正丁醚、乙二醇單-第三丁醚、丙二醇單正丁醚、丙二醇單第三丁醚、乙酸2-乙氧基乙酯、3-甲氧基-1-丁醇、3-甲氧基-3-甲基丁醇、3-甲氧基-3-甲基丁基乙酸酯、3-甲氧基丁基乙酸酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯、丙二醇單甲醚丙酸酯、二丙二醇甲醚、二異丁基酮、二丙酮醇、乳酸乙酯、乳酸丁酯、二甲基甲醯胺、二甲基乙醯胺、γ-丁內酯、γ-戊內酯、δ-戊內酯、碳酸伸丙酯、N-甲基吡咯啶酮、環己酮、環庚酮、二乙二醇單丁醚、乙二醇二丁醚。亦可使用兩種以上該些化合物。Examples of the organic solvent having a boiling point at atmospheric pressure exceeding 150 ° C and below 250 ° C include ethylene glycol diethyl ether, ethylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether, ethylene glycol mono-third butyl ether, and propylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether. , Propylene glycol mono third butyl ether, 2-ethoxyethyl acetate, 3-methoxy-1-butanol, 3-methoxy-3-methylbutanol, 3-methoxy-3-methyl Butyl acetate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether propionate, dipropylene glycol methyl ether, diisobutyl ketone, diacetone alcohol , Ethyl lactate, butyl lactate, dimethylformamide, dimethylacetamide, γ-butyrolactone, γ-valerolactone, δ-valerolactone, propylene carbonate, N-methyl Pyrrolidone, cyclohexanone, cycloheptanone, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, ethylene glycol dibutyl ether. It is also possible to use two or more of these compounds.

有機溶媒的含量可根據塗佈方法等任意設定。例如,於藉由旋塗進行膜形成的情況下,於負型感光性著色組成物中,較佳為將有機溶媒的含量設為50重量%以上且95重量%以下。The content of the organic solvent can be arbitrarily set according to a coating method or the like. For example, in the case of forming a film by spin coating, the content of the organic solvent in the negative photosensitive coloring composition is preferably 50% by weight or more and 95% by weight or less.

於本發明的負型感光性著色組成物中,亦可視需要進一步含有密接性改良劑、紫外線吸收劑、聚合抑制劑、界面活性劑等。The negative-type photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention may further contain an adhesion improver, an ultraviolet absorber, a polymerization inhibitor, a surfactant, and the like, as necessary.

藉由於負型感光性著色組成物中含有密接性改良劑,與基板的密接性提高,可獲得可靠性高的硬化膜。作為密接性改良劑,例如可列舉脂環式環氧化合物、矽烷偶合劑等。該些中,脂環式環氧化合物的耐熱性高,因此可進一步抑制加熱後的硬化膜的顏色變化。By including the adhesion improving agent in the negative photosensitive coloring composition, the adhesion with the substrate is improved, and a highly reliable cured film can be obtained. Examples of the adhesion improving agent include alicyclic epoxy compounds and silane coupling agents. Among these, since the alicyclic epoxy compound has high heat resistance, the color change of the cured film after heating can be further suppressed.

作為脂環式環氧化合物,例如可列舉:3',4'-環氧基環己基甲基-3,4-環氧基環己烷羧酸酯、2,2-雙(羥基甲基)-1-丁醇的1,2-環氧基-4-(2-環氧乙烷基)環己烷加成物、ε-己內酯改質3',4'-環氧基環己基甲基3',4'-環氧基環己烷羧酸酯、1,2-環氧基-4-乙烯基環己烷、丁烷四羧酸四(3,4-環氧基環己基甲基)修飾ε-己內酯、甲基丙烯酸3,4-環氧基環己基甲酯、氫化雙酚A二縮水甘油醚、氫化雙酚F二縮水甘油醚、氫化雙酚E二縮水甘油醚、氫化雙酚A雙(丙二醇縮水甘油醚)醚、氫化雙酚A雙(乙二醇縮水甘油醚)醚、1,4-環己烷二羧酸二縮水甘油酯、1,4-環己烷二甲醇二縮水甘油醚等。亦可含有兩種以上該些化合物。Examples of the alicyclic epoxy compound include 3 ', 4'-epoxycyclohexylmethyl-3,4-epoxycyclohexanecarboxylate, and 2,2-bis (hydroxymethyl). 1,2-epoxy-4- (2-oxiranyl) cyclohexane adduct of 1-butanol, ε-caprolactone modified 3 ', 4'-epoxycyclohexyl Methyl 3 ', 4'-epoxycyclohexanecarboxylate, 1,2-epoxy-4-vinylcyclohexane, butane tetracarboxylic acid tetra (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) (Methyl) modified ε-caprolactone, 3,4-epoxycyclohexyl methyl methacrylate, hydrogenated bisphenol A diglycidyl ether, hydrogenated bisphenol F diglycidyl ether, hydrogenated bisphenol E diglycidyl Ether, hydrogenated bisphenol A bis (propylene glycol glycidyl ether) ether, hydrogenated bisphenol A bis (ethylene glycol glycidyl ether) ether, 1,4-cyclohexanedicarboxylic acid diglycidyl ester, 1,4-cyclo Hexane dimethanol diglycidyl ether and the like. Two or more of these compounds may be contained.

作為矽烷偶合劑,較佳為下述通式(7)所表示的化合物。The silane coupling agent is preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (7).

[化4]

[Chemical 4]

所述通式(7)中,各R10 分別獨立地表示碳數1~6的烷基。就降低折射率的觀點而言,作為R10 ,較佳為碳數1~3的烷基。p表示0或1。就進一步提高與基板的密接性的觀點而言,p較佳為0。R11 表示碳數3~30的三價有機基,較佳為碳數3~10的三價烴基。R12 分別獨立地表示碳數1~6的烷基、碳數1~20的芳基或碳數1~20的烷氧基。就減少折射率的觀點而言,作為R12 ,較佳為碳數1~3的烷氧基或碳數1~3的烷基。In the general formula (7), each R 10 independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. From the viewpoint of reducing the refractive index, R 10 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. p represents 0 or 1. From the viewpoint of further improving the adhesion with the substrate, p is preferably 0. R 11 represents a trivalent organic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms, and is preferably a trivalent hydrocarbon group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms. R 12 each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. From the viewpoint of reducing the refractive index, R 12 is preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms.

作為所述通式(7)所表示的矽烷偶合劑,例如可列舉:3-(第三丁基胺甲醯基)-6-(三甲氧基矽烷基)己酸、2-(2-(第三丁基胺基)-2-氧代乙基)-5-(三甲氧基矽烷基)戊酸、3-(異丙基胺甲醯基)-6-(三甲氧基矽烷基)己酸、2-(2-(異丙基胺基)-2-氧代乙基)-5-(三甲氧基矽烷基)戊酸、3-(異丁基胺甲醯基)-6-(三甲氧基矽烷基)己酸、3-(第三戊基胺甲醯基)-6-(三甲氧基矽烷基)己酸、2-(2-(第三戊基胺基)-2-氧代乙基)-5-(三甲氧基矽烷基)戊酸、6-(二甲氧基甲基矽烷基)-3-(第三丁基胺甲醯基)己酸、5-(二甲氧基(甲基)矽烷基-2-(2-(第三丁基胺基)-2-氧代乙基)戊酸、3-(第三丁基胺甲醯基)-6-(三甲氧基矽烷基)戊酸、2-(2-(第三丁基胺基)-2-氧代乙基)-5-(三甲氧基矽烷基)丁酸、2-(第三丁基胺甲醯基)-4-(2-(三甲氧基矽烷基)乙基)環己烷羧酸、2-(第三丁基胺甲醯基)-5-(2-(三甲氧基矽烷基)乙基)環己烷羧酸等。亦可含有兩種以上該些化合物。Examples of the silane coupling agent represented by the general formula (7) include 3- (third butylaminomethylamino) -6- (trimethoxysilyl) hexanoic acid, 2- (2- ( Third butylamino) -2-oxoethyl) -5- (trimethoxysilyl) valeric acid, 3- (isopropylaminemethylmethyl) -6- (trimethoxysilyl) hexyl Acid, 2- (2- (isopropylamino) -2-oxoethyl) -5- (trimethoxysilyl) pentanoic acid, 3- (isobutylaminemethylmethyl) -6- ( Trimethoxysilyl) hexanoic acid, 3- (thirdpentylaminomethylamino) -6- (trimethoxysilyl) hexanoic acid, 2- (2- (thirdpentylamino) -2- (Oxoethyl) -5- (trimethoxysilyl) pentanoic acid, 6- (dimethoxymethylsilyl) -3- (third butylaminomethylmethyl) hexanoic acid, 5- (di Methoxy (methyl) silyl-2- (2- (third butylamino) -2-oxoethyl) pentanoic acid, 3- (third butylaminomethyl) -6- ( Trimethoxysilyl) valeric acid, 2- (2- (thirdbutylamino) -2-oxoethyl) -5- (trimethoxysilyl) butanoic acid, 2- (thirdbutyl Aminemethyl) -4- (2- (trimethoxysilyl) ethyl) cyclohexanecarboxylic acid, 2- (third butylaminomethylmethyl) -5- (2- (trimethoxysilane) (Yl) ethyl) cyclohexanecarboxylic acid, etc. It may also contain two or more of these compounds.

就進一步提高與基板的密接性的觀點而言,負型感光性著色組成物中的密接性改良劑的含量於固體成分中,較佳為0.1重量%以上,更佳為1重量%以上。另一方面,就進一步抑制加熱所引起的顏色變化的觀點而言,密接性改良劑的含量於固體成分中,較佳為20重量%以下,更佳為10重量%以下。From the viewpoint of further improving the adhesion with the substrate, the content of the adhesion improver in the negative photosensitive coloring composition is preferably 0.1% by weight or more, and more preferably 1% by weight or more, in the solid content. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of further suppressing color change due to heating, the content of the adhesion improver in the solid content is preferably 20% by weight or less, and more preferably 10% by weight or less.

藉由於負型感光性著色組成物中含有紫外線吸收劑,可提高硬化膜的耐光性,進一步提高解析度。作為紫外線吸收劑,就進一步抑制加熱所引起的顏色變化的觀點而言,可較佳地使用2-(2H苯并三唑-2-基)苯酚、2-(2H-苯并三唑-2-基)-4,6-第三戊基苯酚、2-(2H苯并三唑-2-基)-4-(1,1,3,3-四甲基丁基)苯酚、2(2H-苯并三唑-2-基)-6-十二烷基-4-甲基苯酚、2-(2'-羥基-5'-甲基丙烯醯氧基乙基苯基)-2H-苯并三唑等苯并三唑系化合物;2-羥基-4-甲氧基二苯甲酮等二苯甲酮系化合物;2-(4,6-二苯基-1,3,5三嗪-2-基)-5-[(己基)氧基]-苯酚等三嗪系化合物。亦可含有兩種以上該些化合物。By including an ultraviolet absorber in the negative photosensitive coloring composition, the light resistance of the cured film can be improved, and the resolution can be further improved. As the ultraviolet absorber, 2- (2H-benzotriazol-2-yl) phenol and 2- (2H-benzotriazole-2) can be preferably used from the viewpoint of further suppressing color change due to heating. -Yl) -4,6-third pentylphenol, 2- (2Hbenzotriazol-2-yl) -4- (1,1,3,3-tetramethylbutyl) phenol, 2 (2H -Benzotriazol-2-yl) -6-dodecyl-4-methylphenol, 2- (2'-hydroxy-5'-methacryloxyethylphenyl) -2H-benzene Benzotriazole compounds such as benzotriazole; benzophenone compounds such as 2-hydroxy-4-methoxybenzophenone; 2- (4,6-diphenyl-1,3,5 triazine Triazine-based compounds such as 2-yl) -5-[(hexyl) oxy] -phenol. Two or more of these compounds may be contained.

藉由於負型感光性著色組成物中含有聚合抑制劑,可提高所獲得的硬化膜的解析度。作為聚合抑制劑,例如可列舉:二-第三丁基羥基甲苯、丁基羥基苯甲醚、對苯二酚、4-甲氧基苯酚、1,4-苯醌、第三丁基兒茶酚。另外,作為市售的聚合抑制劑,可列舉:「易璐諾斯(IRGANOX)」(註冊商標)1010、1035、1076、1098、1135、1330、1726、1425、1520、245、259、3114、565、295(以上為商品名,日本巴斯夫(Japan BASF)(股)製造)等。亦可含有兩種以上該些化合物。By including a polymerization inhibitor in the negative photosensitive coloring composition, the resolution of the obtained cured film can be improved. Examples of the polymerization inhibitor include di-third butylhydroxytoluene, butylhydroxyanisole, hydroquinone, 4-methoxyphenol, 1,4-benzoquinone, and third butyl catechin. phenol. In addition, as commercially available polymerization inhibitors, "IRGANOX" (registered trademark) 1010, 1035, 1076, 1098, 1135, 1330, 1726, 1425, 1520, 245, 259, 3114, 565, 295 (the above are trade names, manufactured by Japan BASF). Two or more of these compounds may be contained.

藉由於負型感光性著色組成物中含有界面活性劑,可提高塗佈時的流動性。作為界面活性劑,例如可列舉:「美佳法(Megafac)」(註冊商標)F142D、F172、F173、F183、F445、F470、F475、F477(以上為商品名,DIC(股)製造)等氟系界面活性劑;「畢克(BYK)」(註冊商標)F-333、301、331、345、307(以上為商品名,日本畢克化學(BYK-Chemie Japan)(股)製造)等矽酮系界面活性劑;聚環氧烷系界面活性劑;聚(甲基)丙烯酸酯系界面活性劑等。亦可含有兩種以上該些化合物。By including a surfactant in the negative photosensitive coloring composition, the fluidity at the time of coating can be improved. Examples of the surfactant include fluorine-based compounds such as "Megafac" (registered trademark) F142D, F172, F173, F183, F445, F470, F475, and F477 (the above are the trade names, manufactured by DIC). Surfactants; silicones such as "BYK" (registered trademark) F-333, 301, 331, 345, 307 (the above are trade names, manufactured by BYK-Chemie Japan) Surfactants; polyalkylene oxide surfactants; poly (meth) acrylate surfactants, etc. Two or more of these compounds may be contained.

負型感光性著色組成物的固體成分濃度可根據塗佈方法等任意設定。例如,如後所述於藉由旋塗進行膜形成的情況下,固體成分濃度較佳為設為5重量%以上且50重量%以下。The solid content concentration of the negative photosensitive coloring composition can be arbitrarily set according to a coating method or the like. For example, when film formation is performed by spin coating as described later, the solid content concentration is preferably set to 5% by weight or more and 50% by weight or less.

其次,以下對本發明的負型感光性著色組成物的製造方法進行說明。藉由將所述(A)成分~(E)成分及視需要的其他成分混合,可獲得本發明的負型感光性著色組成物。更具體而言,較佳為例如首先使用填充了氧化鋯珠的磨機型分散機使(A)白色顏料、(B)矽氧烷樹脂及(E)有機溶媒的混合液分散,獲得顏料分散液。另一方面,較佳為將(B)矽氧烷樹脂、(C)光聚合起始劑、(D)光聚合性化合物、(E)有機溶媒及視需要的其他成分攪拌並使其溶解,而獲得稀釋液。而且,較佳為將顏料分散液與稀釋液混合並攪拌後,進行過濾。Next, the manufacturing method of the negative photosensitive coloring composition of this invention is demonstrated below. The negative photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention can be obtained by mixing the components (A) to (E) and other components as necessary. More specifically, it is preferable to first disperse the mixed liquid of (A) white pigment, (B) silicone resin, and (E) organic solvent using a mill-type disperser filled with zirconia beads to obtain pigment dispersion. liquid. On the other hand, it is preferable to stir and dissolve (B) a siloxane resin, (C) a photopolymerization initiator, (D) a photopolymerizable compound, (E) an organic solvent, and other components as necessary. Instead, a dilution is obtained. Furthermore, it is preferable to mix and stir the pigment dispersion liquid and the diluent, and then perform filtration.

其次,對本發明的硬化膜進行說明。本發明的硬化膜是所述本發明的負型感光性著色組成物的硬化物。本發明的硬化膜可適合用作OGS型觸控面板中的遮光圖案、圖像顯示裝置的隔離壁圖案。硬化膜的膜厚較佳為10 μm以上。Next, the cured film of the present invention will be described. The cured film of the present invention is a cured product of the negative photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention. The cured film of the present invention can be suitably used as a light-shielding pattern in an OGS-type touch panel and a partition wall pattern of an image display device. The film thickness of the cured film is preferably 10 μm or more.

舉例對本發明的硬化膜的製造方法進行說明。本發明的硬化膜的製造方法較佳為包括:(I)將本發明的負型感光性著色組成物塗佈於基板上而形成塗膜的步驟;(II)將所述塗膜曝光及顯影的步驟;以及(III)將所述顯影後的塗膜加熱的步驟。以下,對各步驟進行說明。The manufacturing method of the cured film of this invention is demonstrated with an example. The method for producing a cured film of the present invention preferably includes: (I) a step of applying the negative photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention on a substrate to form a coating film; (II) exposing and developing the coating film And (III) a step of heating the developed coating film. Each step will be described below.

(I)將本發明的負型感光性著色組成物塗佈於基板上而形成塗膜的步驟
作為基板,例如可列舉鈉鈣玻璃、無鹼玻璃等玻璃基板。
(I) The step of applying the negative-type photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention to a substrate to form a coating film includes, for example, a glass substrate such as soda lime glass or alkali-free glass.

將本發明的負型感光性著色組成物塗佈於該些基板上而形成塗膜。作為塗佈方式,例如可列舉:旋塗、狹縫塗佈、網版印刷、噴墨塗佈、棒塗佈等。The negative photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention is coated on these substrates to form a coating film. Examples of the coating method include spin coating, slit coating, screen printing, inkjet coating, and bar coating.

較佳為於形成塗膜後,對塗佈有負型感光性著色組成物的基板進行乾燥(預烘烤)。作為乾燥方法,可列舉減壓乾燥、加熱乾燥等。作為加熱裝置,例如可列舉加熱板、烘箱等。加熱溫度較佳為60℃~150℃,加熱時間較佳為30秒~3分鐘。預烘烤後的塗膜的膜厚較佳為5 μm~20 μm。After the formation of the coating film, the substrate coated with the negative photosensitive coloring composition is preferably dried (pre-baked). Examples of the drying method include reduced-pressure drying and heat-drying. Examples of the heating device include a hot plate and an oven. The heating temperature is preferably 60 ° C to 150 ° C, and the heating time is preferably 30 seconds to 3 minutes. The film thickness of the pre-baking coating film is preferably 5 μm to 20 μm.

(II)將所述塗膜曝光及顯影的步驟
藉由將以所述方式獲得的塗膜進行曝光並進行顯影,而獲得具有經圖案形成的塗膜的基板。
(II) Step of exposing and developing the coating film By exposing and developing the coating film obtained in the manner described above, a substrate having a patterned coating film is obtained.

曝光可介隔所需的遮罩進行,亦可不介隔遮罩進行。作為曝光機,例如可列舉步進機、鏡面投影遮罩對準曝光機(Mirror Project Mask Aligner,MPA)、平行光遮罩對準曝光機(Parallel Light Mask Aligner)(以下為「PLA」)等。曝光強度較佳為10 J/m2 ~4000 J/m2 左右(波長365 nm曝光量換算)。作為曝光光源,例如可列舉i射線、g射線、h射線等紫外線、KrF(波長248 nm)雷射、ArF(波長193 nm)雷射等。Exposure can be performed with or without the required mask. Examples of the exposure machine include a stepper, a Mirror Project Mask Aligner (MPA), a parallel light mask aligner (hereinafter referred to as "PLA"), etc. . The exposure intensity is preferably about 10 J / m 2 to 4000 J / m 2 (equivalent to 365 nm wavelength exposure). Examples of the exposure light source include ultraviolet rays such as i-rays, g-rays, and h-rays, KrF (wavelength 248 nm) laser, and ArF (wavelength 193 nm) laser.

作為顯影方法,例如可列舉噴淋、浸漬、覆液等方法。浸漬於顯影液中的時間較佳為5秒~10分鐘。作為顯影液,例如可列舉:鹼金屬的氫氧化物、碳酸鹽、磷酸鹽、矽酸鹽、硼酸鹽等無機鹼;2-二乙基胺基乙醇、單乙醇胺、二乙醇胺等胺類;氫氧化四甲基銨、膽鹼等四級銨鹽的水溶液等。較佳為於顯影後利用水進行淋洗。繼而,亦可於50℃~140℃下進行乾燥烘烤。Examples of the development method include methods such as showering, dipping, and coating. The immersion time in the developer is preferably 5 seconds to 10 minutes. Examples of the developer include inorganic bases such as hydroxides, carbonates, phosphates, silicates, and borates of alkali metals; amines such as 2-diethylaminoethanol, monoethanolamine, and diethanolamine; hydrogen Aqueous solutions of quaternary ammonium salts such as tetramethylammonium and choline. It is preferable to rinse with water after image development. Then, drying and baking can be performed at 50 ° C to 140 ° C.

(III)將所述顯影後的塗膜加熱的步驟
藉由將以所述方式獲得的具有經圖案形成的塗膜的基板進行加熱,使塗膜硬化而獲得帶圖案的加工基板。此處,所謂帶圖案的加工基板,是指具有經圖案形成的硬化膜的基板。
(III) The step of heating the developed coating film By heating the substrate having the patterned coating film obtained in the manner described above, the coating film is hardened to obtain a patterned processed substrate. Here, the patterned processing substrate refers to a substrate having a patterned cured film.

作為加熱裝置,例如可列舉加熱板、烘箱等。加熱溫度較佳為120℃~250℃,加熱時間較佳為15分鐘~2小時。Examples of the heating device include a hot plate and an oven. The heating temperature is preferably 120 ° C to 250 ° C, and the heating time is preferably 15 minutes to 2 hours.

其次,對本發明的帶圖案的加工基板進行說明。本發明的帶圖案的加工基板於基板上具有包含所述本發明的硬化膜的圖案。所述圖案為高解析度且反射率高,因此可適合用作觸控面板的白色遮光圖案。Next, a patterned processed substrate of the present invention will be described. The patterned processing substrate of the present invention has a pattern including the cured film of the present invention on a substrate. The pattern has a high resolution and a high reflectance, and thus can be suitably used as a white light-shielding pattern of a touch panel.

作為基板,可列舉於本發明的硬化膜的製造方法中例示的基板。Examples of the substrate include substrates exemplified in the method for producing a cured film of the present invention.

於將硬化膜圖案用作例如觸控面板的遮光圖案的情況下,遮光圖案的全反射(入射角8°、光源:D-65(2°視野))較佳為於國際照明委員會(International Commission on Illumination,CIE)1976(L*、a*、b*)顏色空間中分別為82≦L*≦99、-5≦b*≦5、-5≦a*≦5,更佳為82.5≦L*≦97、-2≦b*≦2、-2≦a*≦2。具有所述顏色特性的硬化膜圖案例如可藉由使用所述本發明的負型感光性著色組成物,利用所述較佳的製造方法進行圖案加工而獲得。In the case where a cured film pattern is used as, for example, a light-shielding pattern for a touch panel, the total reflection of the light-shielding pattern (incident angle 8 °, light source: D-65 (2 ° field of view)) is preferably from the International Commission on Illumination (CIE) 1976 (L *, a *, b *) color space is 82 ≦ L * ≦ 99, -5 ≦ b * ≦ 5, -5 ≦ a * ≦ 5, and more preferably 82.5 ≦ L * ≦ 97, -2 ≦ b * ≦ 2, -2 ≦ a * ≦ 2. The cured film pattern having the color characteristics can be obtained, for example, by using the negative photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention to perform pattern processing using the preferred manufacturing method.

其次,對本發明的帶隔離壁的基板進行說明。本發明的帶隔離壁的基板於基板上具有包含所述硬化膜的經圖案形成的隔離壁(以下,有時記載為「隔離壁(F-1)」)。Next, a substrate with a partition wall of the present invention will be described. The substrate with a partition wall of the present invention has a patterned partition wall (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as a “partition wall (F-1)”) including the cured film on the substrate.

所謂本發明中的隔離壁是指具有與圖像顯示裝置的畫素數相對應的重覆圖案的隔離壁。作為圖像顯示裝置的畫素數,例如可列舉縱4000個、橫2000個。畫素數影響所顯示的圖像的解析度(精細度)。因此,需要形成與所要求的圖像的解析度及圖像顯示裝置的畫面尺寸相對應的數量的畫素,較佳為與其一併決定隔離壁的圖案形成尺寸。The partition wall in the present invention refers to a partition wall having a repeated pattern corresponding to the number of pixels of the image display device. Examples of the number of pixels of the image display device include 4000 vertical and 2000 horizontal. The number of pixels affects the resolution (fineness) of the displayed image. Therefore, it is necessary to form a number of pixels corresponding to the required resolution of the image and the screen size of the image display device, and it is preferable to determine the pattern formation size of the partition wall together with the number of pixels.

基板具有作為帶隔離壁的基板中的支持體的功能。關於隔離壁,於在相鄰的隔離壁之間形成含有後述的顏色變換發光材料的層,且構成含有顏色變換發光材料的畫素的情況下,具有防止相鄰畫素間的光混色的功能。本發明中,隔離壁(F-1)較佳為波長550 nm下的厚度每10 μm的反射率為60%~90%。藉由將反射率設為60%以上,可利用(F-1)隔離壁側面的反射來提高顯示裝置的亮度。另一方面,就提高圖案形成精度的觀點而言,反射率較佳為90%以下。The substrate has a function as a support in a substrate with a partition wall. The partition wall has a function of preventing light mixing between adjacent pixels when a layer containing a color conversion luminescent material described later is formed between adjacent partition walls and pixels containing the color conversion luminescent material are formed. . In the present invention, the partition wall (F-1) preferably has a reflectance of 60% to 90% per 10 μm in thickness at a wavelength of 550 nm. By setting the reflectance to 60% or more, it is possible to increase the brightness of the display device by using (F-1) reflection on the side of the partition wall. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of improving the accuracy of pattern formation, the reflectance is preferably 90% or less.

圖1表示具有經圖案形成的隔離壁的本發明的帶隔離壁的基板的一態樣的剖面圖。於基板1上具有經圖案形成的隔離壁2。FIG. 1 is a cross-sectional view showing one aspect of a substrate with a partition wall of the present invention having a partition wall formed by patterning. A patterned partition wall 2 is provided on the substrate 1.

<基板>
作為基板,例如可列舉:玻璃板、樹脂板、樹脂膜等。作為玻璃板的材質,較佳為無鹼玻璃。作為樹脂板及樹脂膜的材質,較佳為聚酯、(甲基)丙烯酸聚合物、透明聚醯亞胺、聚醚碸等。玻璃板及樹脂板的厚度較佳為1 mm以下,更佳為0.8 mm以下。樹脂膜的厚度較佳為100 μm以下。
<Substrate>
Examples of the substrate include a glass plate, a resin plate, and a resin film. The material of the glass plate is preferably alkali-free glass. As a material of a resin plate and a resin film, polyester, (meth) acrylic polymer, transparent polyimide, polyether fluorene, etc. are preferable. The thickness of the glass plate and the resin plate is preferably 1 mm or less, and more preferably 0.8 mm or less. The thickness of the resin film is preferably 100 μm or less.

<隔離壁(F-1)>
隔離壁(F-1)較佳為波長550 nm下的厚度每10 μm的反射率為60%~90%。此處,所謂隔離壁(F-1)的厚度是指相對於基板垂直的方向(高度方向)的隔離壁(F-1)的長度。於圖1所示的帶隔離壁的基板的情況下,隔離壁2的厚度用符號X表示。再者,將隔離壁(F-1)的在基板的水平方向的長度設為隔離壁(F-1)的寬度。於圖1所示的帶隔離壁的基板的情況下,隔離壁2的寬度用符號L表示。本發明中,認為隔離壁側面的反射有助於顯示裝置的亮度提高。另一方面,認為每厚度單位的反射率不論厚度方向及寬度方向如何均相同,因此本發明中,著眼於隔離壁的每厚度單位的反射率。再者,如後所述,隔離壁(F-1)的厚度較佳為0.5 μm~50 μm,寬度較佳為5 μm~40 μm。因此,本發明中,選擇10 μm作為隔離壁(F-1)的厚度的代表值,著眼於厚度每10 μm的反射率。若厚度每10 μm的反射率未滿60%,則隔離壁側面的反射變小,顯示裝置的亮度變得不充分。反射率越高,隔離壁側面的反射越大,因此可提高顯示裝置的亮度,因此反射率較佳為70%以上。另一方面,就提高圖案形成精度的觀點而言,反射率較佳為90%以下。關於隔離壁(F-1)的波長550 nm下的厚度每10 μm的反射率,針對高度方向厚度10 μm的隔離壁(F-1),可自上表面使用分光測色計(例如,柯尼卡美能達(Konica Minolta)(股)製造的CM-2600d),藉由包含鏡面反射(Specular Component Included,SCI)模式測定。其中,於無法確保對於測定而言充分的面積的情況下,或無法採取厚度10 μm的測定樣品的情況下,於隔離壁(F-1)的組成已知的情況下,亦可製作與隔離壁(F-1)相同組成的厚度10 μm的整體膜,代替隔離壁(F-1),對該整體膜測定反射率。例如,除了使用形成了隔離壁(F-1)的材料,並將厚度設為10 μm且不進行圖案形成以外,藉由與隔離壁(F-1)的形成相同的加工條件製作整體膜,對於所獲得的整體膜,亦可自上表面同樣地測定反射率。再者,作為使反射率為所述範圍內的方法,例如可藉由使用所述本發明的負型感光性著色組成物,利用所述較佳的製造方法對隔離壁進行圖案加工而獲得。
< Separation wall (F-1) >
The partition wall (F-1) preferably has a reflectance of 60% to 90% per 10 μm in thickness at a wavelength of 550 nm. Here, the thickness of the partition wall (F-1) refers to the length of the partition wall (F-1) in a direction (height direction) perpendicular to the substrate. In the case of the substrate with a partition wall shown in FIG. 1, the thickness of the partition wall 2 is represented by the symbol X. The length of the partition wall (F-1) in the horizontal direction of the substrate is the width of the partition wall (F-1). In the case of the substrate with a partition wall shown in FIG. 1, the width of the partition wall 2 is represented by a symbol L. In the present invention, it is considered that the reflection on the side surface of the partition wall contributes to the improvement of the brightness of the display device. On the other hand, since the reflectance per thickness unit is considered to be the same regardless of the thickness direction and the width direction, the present invention focuses on the reflectance per thickness unit of the partition wall. In addition, as described later, the thickness of the partition wall (F-1) is preferably 0.5 μm to 50 μm, and the width is preferably 5 μm to 40 μm. Therefore, in the present invention, 10 μm is selected as a representative value of the thickness of the partition wall (F-1), and the reflectivity per 10 μm of the thickness is considered. If the reflectance is less than 60% per 10 μm of the thickness, the reflection on the side of the partition wall becomes small, and the brightness of the display device becomes insufficient. The higher the reflectance, the greater the reflection on the side of the partition wall, so the brightness of the display device can be improved, so the reflectance is preferably 70% or more. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of improving the accuracy of pattern formation, the reflectance is preferably 90% or less. Regarding the reflectance per 10 μm thickness of the partition wall (F-1) at a wavelength of 550 nm, for a partition wall (F-1) with a thickness of 10 μm in the height direction, a spectrophotometer (for example, Ke CM-2600d (manufactured by Konica Minolta Co., Ltd.) was measured by a specular component included (SCI) mode. Among them, when it is not possible to ensure a sufficient area for measurement, or when a measurement sample with a thickness of 10 μm cannot be taken, and when the composition of the partition wall (F-1) is known, it is also possible to produce and isolate Instead of the partition wall (F-1), an overall film with a thickness of 10 μm having the same composition as the wall (F-1) was measured for the overall film. For example, except that the material forming the partition wall (F-1) is used, and the thickness is set to 10 μm without patterning, the entire film is produced under the same processing conditions as the formation of the partition wall (F-1). About the obtained whole film, the reflectance can also be measured from the upper surface similarly. In addition, as a method of making the reflectance within the range, for example, it can be obtained by patterning the partition wall by using the preferred manufacturing method using the negative photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention.

關於隔離壁(F-1)的厚度,於帶隔離壁的基板具有後述的(G)含有顏色變換發光材料的層(以下,有時記載為「含有顏色變換發光材料的層(G)」)的情況下,較佳為大於含有顏色變換發光材料的層(G)的厚度。具體而言,隔離壁(F-1)的厚度較佳為0.5 μm以上,更佳為10 μm以上。另一方面,就效率更良好地取出含有顏色變換發光材料的層(G)的底部的發光的觀點而言,隔離壁(F-1)的厚度較佳為50 μm以下,更佳為20 μm以下。另外,隔離壁(F-1)的寬度只要是為了利用隔離壁側面的光反射來提高亮度且抑制漏光所引起的鄰接的含有顏色變換發光材料的層(G)的混色而言充分的寬度即可。具體而言,隔離壁的寬度較佳為5 μm以上,更佳為15 μm以上。另一方面,就更多地確保含有顏色變換發光材料的層(G)的發光區域且進一步提高亮度的觀點而言,隔離壁(F-1)的寬度較佳為50 μm以下,更佳為40 μm以下。Regarding the thickness of the partition wall (F-1), the substrate with the partition wall has a layer (G) containing a color-converting luminescent material described later (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as "layer (G) containing a color-converting luminescent material"). In the case of P, the thickness of the layer (G) containing the color conversion light-emitting material is preferably larger. Specifically, the thickness of the partition wall (F-1) is preferably 0.5 μm or more, and more preferably 10 μm or more. On the other hand, the thickness of the partition wall (F-1) is preferably 50 μm or less, and more preferably 20 μm from the viewpoint of efficiently extracting light emission from the bottom of the layer (G) containing the color conversion luminescent material. the following. In addition, as long as the width of the partition wall (F-1) is sufficient to increase the brightness by using light reflection on the side surface of the partition wall and suppress the color mixing of the adjacent color conversion luminescent material-containing layer (G) due to light leakage, can. Specifically, the width of the partition wall is preferably 5 μm or more, and more preferably 15 μm or more. On the other hand, the width of the partition wall (F-1) is preferably 50 μm or less, from the viewpoint of more ensuring the light-emitting area of the layer (G) containing the color-converting light-emitting material and further improving the brightness. Below 40 μm.

就提高噴墨塗佈性且使顏色變換發光材料的分塗容易的觀點而言,隔離壁(F-1)的相對於丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯的表面接觸角較佳為10°以上,更佳為20°以上,進而佳為40°以上。另一方面,就提高隔離壁與基板的密接性的觀點而言,隔離壁(F-1)的表面接觸角較佳為70°以下,更佳為60°以下。此處,隔離壁(F-1)的表面接觸角可依據JIS R3257(製定年月日:1999/04/20)中規定的基板玻璃表面的潤濕性試驗方法,對隔離壁上部進行測定。再者,作為使隔離壁(F-1)的表面接觸角為所述範圍內的方法,例如於所述本發明的負型感光性著色組成物中,可藉由利用所述較佳的製造方法對隔離壁進行圖案加工而獲得包含具有氟原子的光聚合性化合物的負型感光性著色組成物。From the viewpoint of improving the inkjet coating property and facilitating the separation coating of the color conversion luminescent material, the surface contact angle of the partition wall (F-1) with propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate is preferably 10 ° or more, It is more preferably 20 ° or more, and even more preferably 40 ° or more. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of improving the adhesion between the partition wall and the substrate, the surface contact angle of the partition wall (F-1) is preferably 70 ° or less, and more preferably 60 ° or less. Here, the surface contact angle of the partition wall (F-1) can be measured on the upper part of the partition wall according to the wettability test method of the substrate glass surface specified in JIS R3257 (date of establishment: 1999/04/20). In addition, as a method of making the surface contact angle of the partition wall (F-1) within the range, for example, in the negative photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention, it is possible to use the preferable manufacturing method A method of patterning a partition wall to obtain a negative photosensitive coloring composition containing a photopolymerizable compound having a fluorine atom.

<遮光隔離壁(F-2)>
本發明的帶隔離壁的基板較佳為於所述基板與所述隔離壁(F-1)之間進一步具有(F-2)厚度每1.0 μm的光學濃度為0.1~4.0的、經圖案形成的遮光隔離壁(以下,有時記載為「遮光隔離壁(F-2)」)。藉由具有遮光隔離壁(F-2),可提高遮光性,抑制顯示裝置中的背光的漏光,獲得高對比度且鮮明的圖像。此處,遮光隔離壁(F-2)較佳為形成為與所述隔離壁(F-1)相同的圖案形狀。
< Light-shielding partition (F-2) >
The substrate with a partition wall of the present invention is preferably formed by patterning with an optical concentration of 0.1 to 4.0 per 1.0 μm in thickness (F-2) between the substrate and the partition wall (F-1). (Hereinafter referred to as "light shielding partition (F-2)"). By having a light-shielding partition wall (F-2), the light-shielding property can be improved, and the light leakage of the backlight in the display device can be suppressed to obtain a high-contrast and sharp image. Here, the light shielding partition wall (F-2) is preferably formed in the same pattern shape as the partition wall (F-1).

圖9表示具有遮光隔離壁的本發明的帶隔離壁的基板的一態樣的剖面圖。於基板1上具有經圖案形成的隔離壁2及經圖案形成的遮光隔離壁10,於由隔離壁2及遮光隔離壁10隔開的區域排列含有顏色變換發光材料的層3。FIG. 9 is a cross-sectional view showing an aspect of the substrate with a partition wall of the present invention having a light-shielding partition wall. A patterned partition wall 2 and a patterned light-shielding partition wall 10 are provided on the substrate 1. A layer 3 containing a color conversion light-emitting material is arranged in a region separated by the partition wall 2 and the light-shielding partition wall 10.

遮光隔離壁(F-2)的厚度每1.0 μm的光學濃度為0.1~4.0。此處,遮光隔離壁(F-2)的厚度如後所述較佳為0.5 μm~10 μm。因此,本發明中,選擇1.0 μm作為遮光隔離壁(F-2)的厚度的代表值,著眼於厚度每1.0 μm的光學濃度。藉由將厚度每1.0 μm的光學濃度設為0.1以上,可進一步提高遮光性,獲得更高對比度且鮮明的圖像。厚度每1.0 μm的光學濃度更佳為0.5以上。另一方面,藉由將厚度每1.0 μm的光學濃度設為4.0以下,可提高圖案加工性。厚度每1.0 μm的光學濃度更佳為3.0以下。遮光隔離壁(F-2)的光學濃度(光學密度(optical density,OD)值)可使用光學濃度計(361T(視覺(visual));愛色麗(X-rite)公司製造)測定入射光及透過光的強度,根據下述式(11)算出。The thickness of the light-shielding partition wall (F-2) is 0.1 to 4.0 per 1.0 μm. Here, the thickness of the light shielding partition wall (F-2) is preferably 0.5 μm to 10 μm as described later. Therefore, in the present invention, 1.0 μm is selected as a representative value of the thickness of the light-shielding partition wall (F-2), and the optical density per 1.0 μm of the thickness is considered. By setting the optical density per thickness of 1.0 μm or more to 0.1, the light-shielding property can be further improved, and a higher contrast and vivid image can be obtained. The optical density per thickness of 1.0 μm is more preferably 0.5 or more. On the other hand, by setting the optical density per thickness of 1.0 μm to 4.0 or less, pattern processability can be improved. The optical density per thickness of 1.0 μm is more preferably 3.0 or less. The optical density (optical density (OD) value) of the light-shielding partition wall (F-2) can be measured with an optical densitometer (361T (visual); manufactured by X-rite) And the intensity of transmitted light is calculated by the following formula (11).

OD值=log10(I0 /I) ···式(11)
I0 :入射光強度
I:透過光強度。
OD value = log10 (I 0 / I) ··· Equation (11)
I 0 : incident light intensity
I: transmitted light intensity.

再者,作為用以使光學濃度為所述範圍內的方法,例如可列舉將遮光隔離壁(F-2)設為後述的較佳的組成等。In addition, as a method for making an optical density into the said range, the light-shielding partition wall (F-2) is mentioned as the preferable composition mentioned later, for example.

就提高遮光性的觀點而言,遮光隔離壁(F-2)的厚度較佳為0.5 μm以上,更佳為1.0 μm以上。另一方面,就提高平坦性的觀點而言,遮光隔離壁(F-2)的厚度較佳為10 μm以下,更佳為5 μm以下。另外,遮光隔離壁(F-2)的寬度較佳為與所述隔離壁(F-1)為相同程度。From the viewpoint of improving the light-shielding property, the thickness of the light-shielding partition wall (F-2) is preferably 0.5 μm or more, and more preferably 1.0 μm or more. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of improving flatness, the thickness of the light shielding partition (F-2) is preferably 10 μm or less, and more preferably 5 μm or less. In addition, the width of the light shielding partition wall (F-2) is preferably the same as that of the partition wall (F-1).

遮光隔離壁(F-2)較佳為含有樹脂及黑色顏料。樹脂具有提高隔離壁的耐裂紋性及耐光性的功能。黑色顏料具有吸收入射的光且減少射出光的功能。The light-shielding partition wall (F-2) preferably contains a resin and a black pigment. The resin has a function of improving crack resistance and light resistance of the partition wall. The black pigment has a function of absorbing incident light and reducing outgoing light.

作為樹脂,例如可列舉:環氧樹脂、(甲基)丙烯酸聚合物、聚胺基甲酸酯、聚酯、聚醯亞胺、聚烯烴、聚矽氧烷等。亦可含有兩種以上該些化合物。該些中,就耐熱性及耐溶媒性優異的方面而言,較佳為聚醯亞胺。Examples of the resin include epoxy resin, (meth) acrylic polymer, polyurethane, polyester, polyimide, polyolefin, and polysiloxane. Two or more of these compounds may be contained. Among these, polyimide is preferable in terms of excellent heat resistance and solvent resistance.

作為黑色顏料,例如可列舉:黑色有機顏料、混色有機顏料、無機顏料等。作為黑色有機顏料,例如可列舉:碳黑、苝黑苯胺黑、苯并呋喃酮系顏料等。該些亦可經樹脂被覆。作為混色有機顏料,例如可列舉混合紅、藍、綠、紫、黃色、洋紅色及/或青色等兩種以上的顏料並擬黑色化而成的顏料。作為黑色無機顏料,例如可列舉:石墨;鈦、銅、鐵、錳、鈷、鉻、鎳、鋅、鈣、銀等金屬的微粒子;金屬氧化物;金屬複合氧化物;金屬硫化物;金屬氮化物;金屬氧氮化物;金屬碳化物等。Examples of the black pigment include a black organic pigment, a mixed color organic pigment, and an inorganic pigment. Examples of the black organic pigment include carbon black, perylene black nigrosine, and benzofuranone-based pigments. These may also be coated with a resin. Examples of the mixed-color organic pigment include pigments obtained by mixing two or more kinds of pigments such as red, blue, green, purple, yellow, magenta, and / or cyan, and blackening them. Examples of the black inorganic pigment include graphite; fine particles of metals such as titanium, copper, iron, manganese, cobalt, chromium, nickel, zinc, calcium, and silver; metal oxides; metal composite oxides; metal sulfides; metal nitrogen Compounds; metal oxynitrides; metal carbides, etc.

作為於基板上對遮光隔離壁(F-2)進行圖案形成的方法,較佳為如下方法:例如使用日本專利特開2015-1654號公報中記載的感光性材料,與所述隔離壁(F-1)同樣地藉由感光性糊劑法進行圖案形成。As a method of patterning the light-shielding partition wall (F-2) on the substrate, it is preferable to use a method such as the photosensitive material described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2015-1654 and the partition wall (F -1) Similarly, pattern formation is performed by a photosensitive paste method.

本發明的帶隔離壁的基板較佳為於鄰接的所述隔離壁(F-1)之間形成含有顏色變換發光材料的層(G)。含有顏色變換發光材料的層具有藉由變換入射光的波長區域的至少一部分並放出與入射光不同的波長區域的出射光而進行彩色顯示的功能。另外,於將本發明的帶隔離壁的基板用於圖像顯示裝置的情況下,含有顏色變換發光材料的層(G)通常有時被稱為畫素。In the substrate with a partition wall of the present invention, it is preferable that a layer (G) containing a color conversion light emitting material is formed between the adjacent partition walls (F-1). The layer containing a color conversion luminescent material has a function of performing color display by converting at least a part of a wavelength region of incident light and emitting outgoing light in a wavelength region different from the incident light. Moreover, when using the board | substrate with a partition wall of this invention for an image display device, the layer (G) containing a color conversion light emitting material is generally called a pixel.

圖2表示具有經圖案形成的隔離壁與含有顏色變換發光材料的層(G)的本發明的帶隔離壁的基板的一態樣的剖面圖。於基板1上具有經圖案形成的隔離壁2,於由隔離壁2隔開的區域排列含有顏色變換發光材料的層3。FIG. 2 is a cross-sectional view showing one aspect of a substrate with a partition wall according to the present invention, which includes a partition wall patterned and a layer (G) containing a color conversion luminescent material. A patterned partition wall 2 is provided on the substrate 1, and a layer 3 containing a color-converting light-emitting material is arranged in an area separated by the partition wall 2.

顏色變換發光材料較佳為含有無機螢光體及/或有機螢光體。例如,於如下顯示裝置的情況下,較佳為在與紅色畫素對應的區域中含有藉由藍色的激發光被激發而發出紅色的螢光的紅色用螢光體,較佳為在與綠色畫素對應的區域中含有藉由藍色的激發光被激發而發出綠色的螢光的綠色用螢光體,較佳為在與藍色畫素對應的區域中不含有螢光體,其中所述顯示裝置是將發出藍色光的背光、由薄膜電晶體(Thin Film Transistor,TFT)驅動的液晶單元、以及具有含有顏色變換發光材料的層(G)的彩色濾光片組合而成。另一方面,亦可將本發明的帶隔離壁的基板用於如下方式的顯示裝置,所述方式的顯示裝置是將由白色的隔離壁分離的、與各畫素對應的藍色微LED作為背光使用。各畫素的導通(ON)/斷開(OFF)可藉由藍色微LED的ON/OFF來實現,不需要液晶。該情況下,較佳為具有於基板上分離各畫素的隔離壁、以及於背光中分離藍色微LED的隔離壁此兩種隔離壁。The color conversion light-emitting material preferably contains an inorganic phosphor and / or an organic phosphor. For example, in the case of the following display device, it is preferable to include a red phosphor that emits red fluorescent light by being excited by blue excitation light in a region corresponding to a red pixel. The area corresponding to the green pixels contains a green phosphor that emits green fluorescent light when excited by blue excitation light. It is preferable that the area corresponding to the blue pixels does not contain a phosphor. The display device is a combination of a backlight emitting blue light, a liquid crystal cell driven by a thin film transistor (TFT), and a color filter having a layer (G) containing a color conversion light emitting material. On the other hand, the substrate with a partition wall of the present invention can also be used for a display device in which a blue micro LED corresponding to each pixel separated by a white partition wall is used as a backlight. use. The on / off of each pixel can be realized by turning on / off the blue micro LED, and no liquid crystal is required. In this case, it is preferable to have two types of partition walls, such as a partition wall that separates each pixel on the substrate, and a partition wall that separates the blue micro LED from the backlight.

無機螢光體根據發光光譜的峰值波長發出綠色或紅色等各種顏色。作為無機螢光體,可列舉藉由波長400 nm~500 nm的激發光被激發、發光光譜在500 nm~700 nm的區域具有峰值的螢光體;被稱為量子點的無機半導體微粒子等。作為前者的無機螢光體的形狀,例如可列舉球狀、柱狀等。作為所述無機螢光體,例如可列舉:釔鋁石榴石(Yttrium Aluminum Garnet,YAG)系螢光體、鋱鋁石榴石(Terbium Aluminium Garnet,TAG)系螢光體、矽鋁氮氧化物(Sialon)系螢光體、Mn4+ 活性氟化物錯合物螢光體等。亦可使用兩種以上該些化合物。Inorganic phosphors emit various colors such as green or red depending on the peak wavelength of the emission spectrum. Examples of the inorganic phosphor include phosphors that are excited by excitation light having a wavelength of 400 nm to 500 nm, and have emission peaks in the region of 500 nm to 700 nm; inorganic semiconductor fine particles called quantum dots. Examples of the shape of the former inorganic phosphor include a spherical shape and a columnar shape. Examples of the inorganic phosphor include yttrium aluminum garnet (YAG) based phosphors, terbium aluminum garnet (TAG) based phosphors, and silicon aluminum nitride oxide ( Sialon) -based phosphors, Mn 4+ active fluoride complex phosphors, and the like. It is also possible to use two or more of these compounds.

該些中,較佳為量子點。與其他螢光體相比,量子點的平均粒徑小,因此可使含有顏色變換發光材料的層(G)的表面平滑化,抑制表面的光散射,因此可進一步提高光的取出效率,進一步提高亮度。Among these, quantum dots are preferred. Compared with other phosphors, the average particle size of the quantum dots is small, so that the surface of the layer (G) containing the color conversion luminescent material can be smoothed and the light scattering on the surface can be suppressed. Therefore, the light extraction efficiency can be further improved, and Increase brightness.

作為量子點的材料,例如可列舉II-IV族、III-V族、IV-VI族、IV族的半導體等。作為該些無機半導體,例如可列舉:Si、Ge、Sn、Se、Te、B、C(包含金剛石)、P、BN、BP、BAs、AlN、AlP、AlAs、AlSb、GaN、GaP、GaAs、GaSb、InN、InP、InAs、InSb、ZnO、ZnS、ZnSe、ZnTe、CdS、CdSe、CdSeZn、CdTe、HgS、HgSe、HgTe、BeS、BeSe、BeTe、MgS、MgSe、GeS、GeSe、GeTe、SnS、SnSe、SnTe、PbO、PbS、PbSe、PbTe、CuF、CuCl、CuBr、CuI、Si3 N4 、Ge3 N4 、Al2 O3 等。亦可使用兩種以上該些化合物。Examples of the material of the quantum dot include semiconductors of group II-IV, group III-V, group IV-VI, and group IV. Examples of such inorganic semiconductors include Si, Ge, Sn, Se, Te, B, C (including diamond), P, BN, BP, BAs, AlN, AlP, AlAs, AlSb, GaN, GaP, GaAs, GaSb, InN, InP, InAs, InSb, ZnO, ZnS, ZnSe, ZnTe, CdS, CdSe, CdSeZn, CdTe, HgS, HgSe, HgTe, BeS, BeSe, BeTe, MgS, MgSe, GeS, GeSe, GeTe, SnS, SnSe, SnTe, PbO, PbS, PbSe, PbTe, CuF, CuCl, CuBr, CuI, Si 3 N 4 , Ge 3 N 4 , Al 2 O 3 and the like. It is also possible to use two or more of these compounds.

量子點亦可包含p型摻雜劑或n型摻雜劑。另外,量子點亦可具有核殼結構。於核殼結構中,可於殼周圍根據目的形成任意的適當的功能層(單層或多層),亦可對殼表面進行表面處理及/或化學修飾。The quantum dots may also include a p-type dopant or an n-type dopant. In addition, the quantum dots may have a core-shell structure. In the core-shell structure, any appropriate functional layer (single or multiple layers) can be formed around the shell according to the purpose, and the surface of the shell can also be surface-treated and / or chemically modified.

作為量子點的形狀,例如可列舉:球狀、柱狀、鱗片狀、板狀、不定形等。量子點的平均粒徑可根據所需的發光波長來選擇,較佳為1 nm~30 nm。若量子點的平均粒徑為1 nm~10 nm,則於藍色、綠色及紅色的各自中可使發光光譜中的峰值更尖銳。例如,於量子點的平均粒徑為約2 nm的情況下發出藍色光,於約3 nm的情況下發出綠色光,於約6 nm的情況下發出紅色光。量子點的平均粒徑較佳為2 nm以上,更佳為8 nm以下。量子點的平均粒徑可藉由動態光散射法來測定。作為平均粒徑的測定裝置,可列舉動態光散射光度計DLS-8000(大塚電子(股)製造)等。Examples of the shape of the quantum dot include a spherical shape, a columnar shape, a scaly shape, a plate shape, and an irregular shape. The average particle diameter of the quantum dots can be selected according to the required emission wavelength, and is preferably 1 nm to 30 nm. When the average particle diameter of the quantum dot is 1 nm to 10 nm, the peak in the emission spectrum can be made sharper in each of blue, green, and red. For example, blue light is emitted when the average particle diameter of the quantum dot is about 2 nm, green light is emitted when it is about 3 nm, and red light is emitted when it is about 6 nm. The average particle diameter of the quantum dots is preferably 2 nm or more, and more preferably 8 nm or less. The average particle size of the quantum dots can be measured by a dynamic light scattering method. Examples of the measurement device for the average particle diameter include a dynamic light scattering photometer DLS-8000 (manufactured by Otsuka Electronics Co., Ltd.) and the like.

作為有機螢光體,例如藉由藍色的激發光被激發而發出紅色的螢光的螢光體可列舉具有下述結構式(8)所表示的基本骨架的吡咯亞甲基衍生物,藉由藍色的激發光被激發而發出綠色的螢光的螢光體可列舉具有下述結構式(9)所表示的基本骨架的吡咯亞甲基衍生物等。除此以外,可列舉藉由取代基的選擇而發出紅色或綠色的螢光的苝系衍生物、卟啉系衍生物、噁嗪系衍生物、吡嗪系衍生物等。亦可含有兩種以上該些化合物。該些中,由於量子產率高,因此亦較佳為吡咯亞甲基衍生物。吡咯亞甲基衍生物例如可藉由日本專利特開2011-241160號公報中記載的方法而獲得。Examples of the organic phosphor include a pyrromethene derivative having a basic skeleton represented by the following structural formula (8). Examples of the phosphor which is excited by blue excitation light and emits green fluorescence include a pyrrole methylene derivative having a basic skeleton represented by the following structural formula (9). Other examples include fluorene-based derivatives, porphyrin-based derivatives, oxazine-based derivatives, and pyrazine-based derivatives that emit red or green fluorescence by selection of a substituent. Two or more of these compounds may be contained. Among these, since a quantum yield is high, a pyrrole methylene derivative is also preferable. The pyrrole methylene derivative can be obtained, for example, by a method described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2011-241160.

[化5]

[Chemical 5]

有機螢光體可溶於溶媒中,因此可容易地形成所需厚度的含有顏色變換發光材料的層(G)。The organic phosphor is soluble in a solvent, and therefore a layer (G) containing a color conversion light-emitting material having a desired thickness can be easily formed.

就提高顏色特性的觀點而言,含有顏色變換發光材料的層(G)的厚度較佳為0.5 μm以上,更佳為1 μm以上。另一方面,就顯示裝置的薄型化或曲面加工性的觀點而言,含有顏色變換發光材料的層(G)的厚度較佳為30 μm以下,更佳為20 μm以下。From the viewpoint of improving color characteristics, the thickness of the layer (G) containing the color conversion light-emitting material is preferably 0.5 μm or more, and more preferably 1 μm or more. On the other hand, the thickness of the layer (G) containing the color conversion light-emitting material is preferably 30 μm or less, and more preferably 20 μm or less, from the viewpoint of thinning of the display device and workability of the curved surface.

於圖像顯示裝置中,含有顏色變換發光材料的層的大小通常為20 μm~200 μm左右。In an image display device, the size of the layer containing the color conversion luminescent material is usually about 20 μm to 200 μm.

含有顏色變換發光材料的層(G)較佳為由隔離壁(F-1)隔開而排列。藉由於鄰接的含有顏色變換發光材料的層(G)之間設置隔離壁,可進一步抑制發出的光的擴散或混色。The layer (G) containing the color conversion luminescent material is preferably aligned by being partitioned by the partition wall (F-1). By providing a partition wall between adjacent layers (G) containing a color conversion luminescent material, it is possible to further suppress diffusion or color mixing of emitted light.

作為含有顏色變換發光材料的層(G)的形成方法,例如可列舉將含有顏色變換發光材料的顏色變換發光材料塗液填充到由隔離壁(F-1)隔開的空間中的方法。顏色變換發光材料塗液亦可進一步含有樹脂或溶媒。Examples of the method for forming the layer (G) containing a color-converting luminescent material include a method of filling a color-converting luminescent material coating liquid containing the color-converting luminescent material into a space partitioned by the partition wall (F-1). The color conversion luminescent material coating liquid may further contain a resin or a solvent.

作為顏色變換發光材料塗液的填充方法,就容易地將種類不同的顏色變換發光材料分塗於各畫素的觀點而言,較佳為噴墨塗佈法等。As a method for filling the color-converting luminescent material coating liquid, an inkjet coating method or the like is preferred from the viewpoint that it is easy to separately apply different types of color-converting luminescent materials to each pixel.

亦可對所獲得的塗佈膜進行減壓乾燥及/或加熱乾燥。於進行減壓乾燥的情況下,為了防止乾燥溶媒再凝結於減壓室內壁,減壓乾燥溫度較佳為80℃以下。減壓乾燥的壓力較佳為塗佈膜中所含的溶媒的蒸氣壓以下,更佳為1 Pa~1000 Pa。減壓乾燥時間較佳為10秒~600秒。於進行加熱乾燥的情況下,作為加熱乾燥裝置,例如可列舉烘箱或加熱板等。加熱乾燥溫度較佳為60℃~200℃。加熱乾燥時間較佳為1分鐘~60分鐘。The obtained coating film may be dried under reduced pressure and / or heat-dried. In the case of performing reduced pressure drying, in order to prevent the drying solvent from re-condensing on the inner wall of the reduced pressure chamber, the reduced pressure drying temperature is preferably 80 ° C or lower. The pressure for drying under reduced pressure is preferably equal to or lower than the vapor pressure of the solvent contained in the coating film, and more preferably 1 Pa to 1000 Pa. The reduced-pressure drying time is preferably from 10 seconds to 600 seconds. When heat-drying is performed, examples of the heat-drying device include an oven and a hot plate. The heating and drying temperature is preferably 60 ° C to 200 ° C. The heating and drying time is preferably 1 minute to 60 minutes.

本發明的帶隔離壁的基板較佳為於含有顏色變換發光材料的層(G)上進一步具有(H)波長550 nm下的折射率為1.20~1.35的低折射率層(以下,有時記載為「低折射率層(H)」)。藉由具有低折射率層(H),可進一步提高光的取出效率,進一步提高顯示裝置的亮度。The substrate with a partition wall of the present invention preferably further has a low-refractive-index layer having a refractive index of 1.20 to 1.35 at a wavelength of 550 nm (H) on the layer (G) containing the color conversion light-emitting material (hereinafter, sometimes described "Low refractive index layer (H)"). By having the low refractive index layer (H), the light extraction efficiency can be further improved, and the brightness of the display device can be further improved.

圖3表示具有低折射率層的本發明的帶隔離壁的基板的一態樣的剖面圖。於基板1上具有經圖案形成的隔離壁2及含有顏色變換發光材料的層3,於該些上進一步具有低折射率層4。FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view showing an embodiment of the substrate with a partition wall of the present invention having a low refractive index layer. The substrate 1 has a patterned partition wall 2 and a layer 3 containing a color-converting luminescent material, and further has a low-refractive index layer 4 thereon.

於顯示裝置中,就適度地抑制背光的光反射且效率良好地使光入射至含有顏色變換發光材料的層(G)的觀點而言,低折射率層(H)的折射率較佳為1.20以上,更佳為1.23以上。另一方面,就提高亮度的觀點而言,低折射率層(H)的折射率較佳為1.35以下,更佳為1.30以下。此處,關於低折射率層(H)的折射率,可使用稜鏡偶合器(PC-2000(麥克恩(Metricon)(股)製造)),於大氣壓下、20℃的條件下,自相對於硬化膜面垂直的方向照射波長550 nm的光進行測定。In the display device, the refractive index of the low-refractive index layer (H) is preferably 1.20 from the viewpoint of appropriately suppressing light reflection of the backlight and efficiently making light incident on the layer (G) containing the color conversion light-emitting material. The above is more preferably 1.23 or more. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of improving the brightness, the refractive index of the low refractive index layer (H) is preferably 1.35 or less, and more preferably 1.30 or less. Here, as for the refractive index of the low refractive index layer (H), a pseudo-coupling (PC-2000 (manufactured by Metricon)) can be used to self-phase under atmospheric pressure and 20 ° C. The measurement was performed by irradiating light with a wavelength of 550 nm in a direction perpendicular to the cured film surface.

低折射率層(H)較佳為含有聚矽氧烷與不具有中空結構的二氧化矽粒子。聚矽氧烷與二氧化矽粒子等無機粒子的相容性高,作為可形成透明層的黏合劑發揮功能。另外,藉由含有二氧化矽粒子,可效率良好地於低折射率層(H)中形成微小的空隙並減少折射率,可容易地將折射率調整為所述範圍內。進而,藉由使用不具有中空結構的二氧化矽粒子作為二氧化矽粒子,不具有容易產生硬化收縮時的裂紋的中空結構,因此可抑制裂紋。再者,於低折射率層(H)中,聚矽氧烷與不具有中空結構的二氧化矽粒子可分別獨立地含有,亦可於聚矽氧烷與不具有中空結構的二氧化矽粒子結合的狀態下含有。就低折射率層(H)的均勻性的觀點而言,較佳為於聚矽氧烷與不具有中空結構的二氧化矽粒子結合的狀態下含有。The low-refractive index layer (H) preferably contains polysiloxane and silicon dioxide particles having no hollow structure. Polysiloxane has high compatibility with inorganic particles such as silica particles, and functions as a binder that can form a transparent layer. In addition, by containing silicon dioxide particles, minute voids can be efficiently formed in the low refractive index layer (H) and the refractive index can be reduced, and the refractive index can be easily adjusted within the above range. Furthermore, by using silicon dioxide particles that do not have a hollow structure as the silicon dioxide particles, since they do not have a hollow structure that is prone to cracks during hardening shrinkage, cracks can be suppressed. Moreover, in the low refractive index layer (H), polysiloxane and silicon dioxide particles without a hollow structure may be contained independently, and may also be contained in polysiloxane and silicon dioxide particles without a hollow structure. Contained in a bound state. From the viewpoint of the uniformity of the low-refractive index layer (H), it is preferably contained in a state where the polysiloxane is combined with silicon dioxide particles having no hollow structure.

低折射率層(H)中所含的聚矽氧烷較佳為含有氟。藉由聚矽氧烷含有氟,可容易地將低折射率層(H)的折射率調整為1.20~1.35。含氟聚矽氧烷可藉由對包含下述通式(10)所表示的含氟烷氧基矽烷化合物的烷氧基矽烷化合物進行水解及縮聚而獲得。進而亦可使用其他烷氧基矽烷化合物。The polysiloxane contained in the low refractive index layer (H) preferably contains fluorine. Since the polysiloxane contains fluorine, the refractive index of the low refractive index layer (H) can be easily adjusted to 1.20 to 1.35. The fluorine-containing polysiloxane is obtained by hydrolyzing and polycondensing an alkoxysilane compound containing a fluorine-containing alkoxysilane compound represented by the following general formula (10). Furthermore, other alkoxysilane compounds can be used.

[化6]

[Chemical 6]

所述通式(10)中,R13 表示氟數3~17的氟烷基。R7 表示與通式(4)~(6)中的R7 相同的基。m表示1或2。4-m個R7 及m個R13 分別可相同亦可不同。In the general formula (10), R 13 represents a fluoroalkyl group having 3 to 17 fluorine atoms. R 7 represents the same group as R 7 in the general formulae (4) to (6). m represents 1 or 2. 4-m R 7 and m R 13 may be the same or different.

作為通式(10)所表示的含氟烷氧基矽烷化合物,例如可列舉:三氟乙基三甲氧基矽烷、三氟乙基三乙氧基矽烷、三氟乙基三異丙氧基矽烷、三氟丙基三甲氧基矽烷、三氟丙基三乙氧基矽烷、三氟丙基三異丙氧基矽烷、十七氟癸基三甲氧基矽烷、十七氟癸基三乙氧基矽烷、十七氟癸基三異丙氧基矽烷、十三氟辛基三乙氧基矽烷、十三氟辛基三甲氧基矽烷、十三氟辛基三異丙氧基矽烷、三氟乙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、三氟乙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、三氟乙基甲基二異丙氧基矽烷、三氟丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、三氟丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、三氟丙基甲基二異丙氧基矽烷、十七氟癸基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、十七氟癸基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、十七氟癸基甲基二異丙氧基矽烷、十三氟辛基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、十三氟辛基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、十三氟辛基甲基二異丙氧基矽烷、三氟乙基乙基二甲氧基矽烷、三氟乙基乙基二乙氧基矽烷、三氟乙基乙基二異丙氧基矽烷、三氟丙基乙基二甲氧基矽烷、三氟丙基乙基二乙氧基矽烷、三氟丙基乙基二異丙氧基矽烷、十七氟癸基乙基二甲氧基矽烷、十七氟癸基乙基二乙氧基矽烷、十七氟癸基乙基二異丙氧基矽烷、十三氟辛基乙基二乙氧基矽烷、十三氟辛基乙基二甲氧基矽烷、十三氟辛基乙基二異丙氧基矽烷等。亦可使用兩種以上該些化合物。Examples of the fluorine-containing alkoxysilane compound represented by the general formula (10) include trifluoroethyltrimethoxysilane, trifluoroethyltriethoxysilane, and trifluoroethyltriisopropoxysilane. , Trifluoropropyltrimethoxysilane, trifluoropropyltriethoxysilane, trifluoropropyltriisopropoxysilane, heptafluorodecyltrimethoxysilane, heptafluorodecyltriethoxy Silane, heptafluorodecyltriisopropoxysilane, tridecanefluorooctyltriethoxysilane, tridecanefluorooctyltrimethoxysilane, tridecyloctyltriisopropoxysilane, trifluoroethyl Methylmethyldimethoxysilane, trifluoroethylmethyldiethoxysilane, trifluoroethylmethyldiisopropoxysilane, trifluoropropylmethyldimethoxysilane, trifluoropropyl Methyldiethoxysilane, trifluoropropylmethyldiisopropoxysilane, heptafluorodecylmethyldimethoxysilane, heptafluorodecylmethyldiethoxysilane, heptafluoro Decylmethyldiisopropoxysilane, tridecylfluorooctylmethyldimethoxysilane, tridecylfluorooctylmethyldiethoxysilane, tridecylfluorooctylmethyldiisopropoxy Alkane, trifluoroethylethyldimethoxysilane, trifluoroethylethyldiethoxysilane, trifluoroethylethyldiisopropoxysilane, trifluoropropylethyldimethoxysilane , Trifluoropropylethyldiethoxysilane, trifluoropropylethyldiisopropoxysilane, heptafluorodecylethyldimethoxysilane, heptafluorodecylethyldiethoxy Silane, heptafluorodecylethyldiisopropoxysilane, tridecyloctylethyldiethoxysilane, tridecylfluorooctylethyldimethoxysilane, tridecylfluorooctylethyldi Isopropoxysilane and so on. It is also possible to use two or more of these compounds.

就抑制裂紋的觀點而言,低折射率層(H)中的聚矽氧烷的含量較佳為4重量%以上。另一方面,就確保二氧化矽粒子間的網絡的觸變性,於低折射率層(H)中適度地保持空氣層且進一步減少折射率的觀點而言,聚矽氧烷的含量較佳為32重量%以下。From the viewpoint of suppressing cracks, the content of polysiloxane in the low refractive index layer (H) is preferably 4% by weight or more. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of ensuring the thixotropy of the network between the silica particles, maintaining the air layer moderately in the low refractive index layer (H), and further reducing the refractive index, the content of polysiloxane is preferably 32% by weight or less.

作為低折射率層(H)中的不具有中空結構的二氧化矽粒子,例如有日產化學工業(股)製造的「斯諾特(SNOWTEX)」(註冊商標)或「有機二氧化矽凝膠」(註冊商標)系列(異丙醇分散液、乙二醇分散液、甲基乙基酮分散液、二甲基乙醯胺分散液、甲基異丁基酮分散液、丙二醇單甲基乙酸酯分散液、丙二醇單甲醚分散液、甲醇分散液、乙酸乙酯分散液、乙酸丁酯分散液、二甲苯-正丁醇分散液、甲苯分散液等。可列舉商品編號PGM-ST、PMA-ST、IPA-ST、IPA-ST-L、IPA-ST-ZL、IPA-ST-UP等。亦可含有兩種以上該些化合物。As the silica particles having no hollow structure in the low refractive index layer (H), there are, for example, "SNOWTEX" (registered trademark) or "organic silica gel" manufactured by Nissan Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. "(Registered trademark) series (isopropanol dispersion, ethylene glycol dispersion, methyl ethyl ketone dispersion, dimethylacetamide dispersion, methyl isobutyl ketone dispersion, propylene glycol monomethyl ethyl Ester dispersion, propylene glycol monomethyl ether dispersion, methanol dispersion, ethyl acetate dispersion, butyl acetate dispersion, xylene-n-butanol dispersion, toluene dispersion, etc. Examples include product numbers PGM-ST, PMA-ST, IPA-ST, IPA-ST-L, IPA-ST-ZL, IPA-ST-UP, etc. It may contain two or more of these compounds.

就確保二氧化矽粒子間的網絡的觸變性,於低折射率層(H)中適度地保持空氣層且進一步減少折射率的觀點而言,低折射率層(H)中的不具有中空結構的二氧化矽粒子的含量較佳為68重量%以上。另一方面,就抑制裂紋的觀點而言,不具有中空結構的二氧化矽粒子的含量較佳為96重量%以下。The low refractive index layer (H) does not have a hollow structure in terms of ensuring the thixotropy of the network between the silicon dioxide particles, maintaining a moderate air layer in the low refractive index layer (H), and further reducing the refractive index. The content of silica particles is preferably 68% by weight or more. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of suppressing cracks, the content of the silicon dioxide particles having no hollow structure is preferably 96% by weight or less.

就覆蓋含有顏色變換發光材料的層(G)的階差並抑制缺陷的產生的觀點而言,低折射率層(H)的厚度較佳為0.1 μm以上,更佳為0.5 μm以上。另一方面,就減少作為低折射率層(H)的裂紋的原因的應力的觀點而言,低折射率層(H)的厚度較佳為20 μm以下,更佳為10 μm以下。The thickness of the low-refractive-index layer (H) is preferably 0.1 μm or more, more preferably 0.5 μm or more, from the viewpoint of covering the step of the layer (G) containing the color conversion light-emitting material and suppressing the occurrence of defects. On the other hand, the thickness of the low-refractive index layer (H) is preferably 20 μm or less, and more preferably 10 μm or less, from the viewpoint of reducing the stress that causes cracks in the low-refractive index layer (H).

作為低折射率層(H)的形成方法,就形成方法容易的方面而言,較佳為塗佈法。例如,將含有聚矽氧烷與二氧化矽粒子的低折射率用樹脂組成物塗佈於含有顏色變換發光材料的層(G)上,於進行乾燥後,進行加熱,藉此可形成低折射率層(H)。As a method for forming the low-refractive index layer (H), a coating method is preferred in terms of the ease of formation. For example, a low refractive index resin composition containing polysiloxane and silicon dioxide particles is coated on a layer (G) containing a color conversion light-emitting material, dried, and then heated to form a low refractive index. Rate layer (H).

另外,本發明的帶隔離壁的基板較佳為於所述低折射率層(H)上進一步具有(I-1)厚度50 nm~1,000 nm的無機保護層I。藉由具有無機保護層I,大氣中的水分難以到達低折射率層(H),因此可抑制低折射率層(H)的折射率變動,抑制亮度劣化。In addition, the substrate with a partition wall according to the present invention preferably further has (I-1) an inorganic protective layer I having a thickness of 50 nm to 1,000 nm on the low refractive index layer (H). By having the inorganic protective layer I, it is difficult for moisture in the atmosphere to reach the low-refractive index layer (H), so it is possible to suppress the refractive index variation of the low-refractive index layer (H) and suppress the deterioration of brightness.

圖4表示具有低折射率層及無機保護層I的本發明的帶隔離壁的基板的一態樣的剖面圖。於基板1上具有經圖案形成的隔離壁2及含有顏色變換發光材料的層3,於該些上進一步依次具有低折射率層4及無機保護層I(5)。FIG. 4 is a cross-sectional view showing one aspect of the substrate with a partition wall of the present invention having a low refractive index layer and an inorganic protective layer I. FIG. The substrate 1 has a patterned partition wall 2 and a layer 3 containing a color-converting luminescent material, and further has a low refractive index layer 4 and an inorganic protective layer I (5) in this order.

另外,本發明的帶隔離壁的基板較佳為於所述低折射率層(H)下進一步具有(I-2)厚度50 nm~1,000 nm的無機保護層II。藉由具有無機保護層II,形成含有顏色變換發光材料的層(G)的原料難以自含有顏色變換發光材料的層(G)向低折射率層移動,因此可抑制低折射率層(H)的折射率變動,抑制亮度劣化。In addition, the substrate with a partition wall of the present invention preferably further has (I-2) an inorganic protective layer II having a thickness of 50 nm to 1,000 nm under the low refractive index layer (H). By having the inorganic protective layer II, it is difficult for the raw material for forming the layer (G) containing the color-converting luminescent material to move from the layer (G) containing the color-converting luminescent material to the low-refractive-index layer, so that the low-refractive-index layer (H) can be suppressed Refractive index variation, suppresses deterioration in brightness.

圖5表示具有低折射率層及無機保護層II的本發明的帶隔離壁的基板的一態樣的剖面圖。於基板1上具有經圖案形成的隔離壁2及含有顏色變換發光材料的層3,於該些上進一步依次具有無機保護層II(6)及低折射率層4。FIG. 5 is a cross-sectional view showing one aspect of the substrate with a partition wall of the present invention having a low refractive index layer and an inorganic protective layer II. The substrate 1 has a patterned partition wall 2 and a layer 3 containing a color conversion light-emitting material, and further has an inorganic protective layer II (6) and a low refractive index layer 4 in this order.

另外,本發明的帶隔離壁的基板較佳為於基板與含有顏色變換發光材料的層(G)之間進一步具有(J)厚度1 μm~5 μm的彩色濾光片(以下,有時記載為「彩色濾光片(J)」)。彩色濾光片(J)具有使特定波長區域的可見光透過並將透過光設為所需的色相的功能。藉由具有彩色濾光片(J),可提高色純度。藉由將彩色濾光片(J)的厚度設為1 μm以上,可進一步提高色純度。另一方面,藉由將彩色濾光片(J)的厚度設為5 μm以下,可進一步提高顯示裝置的亮度。In addition, the substrate with a partition wall of the present invention preferably further has (J) a color filter having a thickness of 1 μm to 5 μm (hereinafter, sometimes described between the substrate and the layer (G) containing the color conversion luminescent material) "Color filter (J)"). The color filter (J) has a function of transmitting visible light in a specific wavelength region and setting the transmitted light to a desired hue. By having a color filter (J), color purity can be improved. By setting the thickness of the color filter (J) to 1 μm or more, color purity can be further improved. On the other hand, by setting the thickness of the color filter (J) to 5 μm or less, the brightness of the display device can be further improved.

圖6表示具有彩色濾光片的本發明的帶隔離壁的基板的一態樣的剖面圖。於基板1上具有經圖案形成的隔離壁2及彩色濾光片7,於彩色濾光片7上具有含有顏色變換發光材料的層3。FIG. 6 is a cross-sectional view showing an embodiment of the substrate with a partition wall of the present invention having a color filter. A patterned partition wall 2 and a color filter 7 are provided on the substrate 1, and a layer 3 containing a color-converting luminescent material is provided on the color filter 7.

作為彩色濾光片,例如可使用如下彩色濾光片等:用於液晶顯示器等平板顯示器,使用在光致抗蝕劑中分散有顏料的顏料分散型材料。更具體而言,可列舉:選擇性地透過400 nm~550 nm的波長的藍色彩色濾光片、選擇性地透過500 nm~600 nm的波長的綠色彩色濾光片、選擇性地透過500 nm以上的波長的黃色彩色濾光片、選擇性地透過600 nm以上的波長的紅色彩色濾光片等。另外,彩色濾光片可與含有顏色變換發光材料的層(G)隔離地積層,亦可一體化積層。As the color filter, for example, a color filter used in a flat-panel display such as a liquid crystal display, and a pigment-dispersed material in which a pigment is dispersed in a photoresist can be used. More specifically, a blue color filter that selectively transmits a wavelength of 400 nm to 550 nm, a green color filter that selectively transmits a wavelength of 500 nm to 600 nm, and a selective transmission 500 A yellow color filter having a wavelength of at least nm, a red color filter selectively transmitting a wavelength of at least 600 nm, and the like. In addition, the color filter may be laminated separately from the layer (G) containing the color conversion luminescent material, or may be laminated integrally.

另外,本發明的帶隔離壁的基板較佳為於所述彩色濾光片(J)與含有顏色變換發光材料的層(G)之間進一步具有(I-3)厚度50 nm~1,000 nm的無機保護層III。藉由具有無機保護層III,彩色濾光片(J)的形成原料難以自彩色濾光片(J)到達含有顏色變換發光材料的層(G),因此可抑制含有顏色變換發光材料的層(G)的亮度劣化。In addition, the substrate with a partition wall of the present invention preferably has a thickness of (I-3) between 50 and 1,000 nm between the color filter (J) and the layer (G) containing a color conversion luminescent material. Inorganic protective layer III. With the inorganic protective layer III, it is difficult for the raw material for forming the color filter (J) to reach the layer (G) containing the color conversion luminescent material from the color filter (J). Therefore, it is possible to suppress the layer containing the color conversion luminescent material ( G) Deterioration of brightness.

圖7表示具有彩色濾光片及無機保護層III的本發明的帶隔離壁的基板的一態樣的剖面圖。於基板1上具有經圖案形成的隔離壁2及彩色濾光片7,於該些上具有無機保護層III(8),具有利用由無機保護層III(8)覆蓋的隔離壁2隔開排列的含有顏色變換發光材料的層3。FIG. 7 is a cross-sectional view showing one aspect of the substrate with a partition wall of the present invention including a color filter and an inorganic protective layer III. The substrate 1 is provided with a patterned partition wall 2 and a color filter 7, and an inorganic protective layer III (8) and a partition wall 2 covered with the inorganic protective layer III (8) are arranged on the substrate 1. Layer 3 containing a color-converting luminescent material.

另外,本發明的帶隔離壁的基板較佳為於所述基板上進一步具有(I-4)厚度50 nm~1,000 nm的無機保護層IV。無機保護層IV作為折射率調整層發揮作用,可更有效率地取出自含有顏色變換發光材料的層(G)出現的光,進一步提高顯示裝置的亮度。更佳為於基板與隔離壁(F)及含有顏色變換發光材料的層(G)之間具有無機保護層IV。In addition, the substrate with a partition wall according to the present invention preferably further has an (I-4) inorganic protective layer IV having a thickness of 50 nm to 1,000 nm on the substrate. The inorganic protective layer IV functions as a refractive index adjustment layer, and can more efficiently extract light appearing from the layer (G) containing a color conversion light emitting material, and further improve the brightness of the display device. More preferably, an inorganic protective layer IV is provided between the substrate and the partition wall (F) and the layer (G) containing the color conversion luminescent material.

圖8表示具有無機保護層IV的本發明的帶隔離壁的基板的一態樣的剖面圖。於基板1上具有無機保護層IV(9),於該些上具有經圖案形成的隔離壁2及彩色濾光片7,於該些上具有經圖案形成的隔離壁2及含有顏色變換發光材料的層3。FIG. 8 is a cross-sectional view showing one aspect of the substrate with a partition wall of the present invention having the inorganic protective layer IV. An inorganic protective layer IV (9) is provided on the substrate 1, and there are patterned partition walls 2 and color filters 7 on the substrates 1, and patterned partition walls 2 and color-converting luminescent materials are included on these Layer 3.

作為構成無機保護層I~無機保護層IV的材料,例如可列舉:氧化矽、氧化銦錫、氧化鎵鋅等金屬氧化物;氮化矽等金屬氮化物;氟化鎂等氟化物等。亦可含有兩種以上該些化合物。該些中,就水蒸氣透過性低、透過性高的方面而言,更佳為選自氮化矽及氧化矽中的一種以上。Examples of the material constituting the inorganic protective layer I to the inorganic protective layer IV include metal oxides such as silicon oxide, indium tin oxide, and gallium zinc oxide; metal nitrides such as silicon nitride; and fluorides such as magnesium fluoride. Two or more of these compounds may be contained. Among these, in terms of low water vapor permeability and high permeability, one or more members selected from silicon nitride and silicon oxide are more preferred.

就充分抑制水蒸氣等物質透過的觀點而言,無機保護層I~無機保護層IV的厚度較佳為50 nm以上,更佳為100 nm以上。另一方面,就抑制透過率的下降的觀點而言,無機保護層I~無機保護層IV的厚度較佳為800 nm以下,更佳為500 nm以下。From the viewpoint of sufficiently suppressing the transmission of substances such as water vapor, the thickness of the inorganic protective layer I to the inorganic protective layer IV is preferably 50 nm or more, and more preferably 100 nm or more. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of suppressing a decrease in transmittance, the thickness of the inorganic protective layer I to the inorganic protective layer IV is preferably 800 nm or less, and more preferably 500 nm or less.

無機保護層I~無機保護層IV的厚度可藉由如下方式測定:使用截面拋光儀等研磨裝置,使與基板垂直的截面露出,使用掃描式電子顯微鏡或穿透式電子顯微鏡對截面進行放大觀察。The thickness of the inorganic protective layer I to the inorganic protective layer IV can be measured by using a polishing device such as a cross-section polisher to expose the cross-section perpendicular to the substrate, and magnifying the cross-section using a scanning electron microscope or a transmission electron microscope. .

作為無機保護層I~無機保護層IV的形成方法,例如可列舉濺渡法等。Examples of a method for forming the inorganic protective layer I to the inorganic protective layer IV include a sputtering method and the like.

其次,對本發明的顯示裝置進行說明。本發明的顯示裝置具有所述帶隔離壁的基板、以及發光光源。作為發光光源,較佳為選自液晶單元、有機EL單元、微型LED單元及微LED單元中的光源。就發光特性優異的方面而言,更佳為有機EL單元。Next, a display device of the present invention will be described. A display device according to the present invention includes the substrate with a partition wall, and a light source. As the light emitting light source, a light source selected from a liquid crystal cell, an organic EL unit, a micro LED unit, and a micro LED unit is preferable. In terms of excellent light emission characteristics, an organic EL unit is more preferred.

關於本發明的顯示裝置的製造方法,列舉具有本發明的帶隔離壁的基板與有機EL單元的顯示裝置的一例進行說明。於玻璃基板上塗佈感光性聚醯亞胺樹脂,藉由光微影法形成絕緣膜。作為背面電極層,於濺渡鋁後,藉由光微影法進行圖案化,於無絕緣膜的開口部形成背面電極層。接著,作為電子輸送層,藉由真空蒸鍍法使三(8-羥基喹啉)鋁(以下,簡稱為Alq3 )成膜,其後作為發光層,形成於Alq3 中摻雜有二胺基亞甲基吡喃、喹吖啶酮、4,4'-雙(2,2-二苯基乙烯基)聯苯的白色發光層。其次,作為電洞輸送層,利用真空蒸鍍法使N,N'-二苯基-N,N'-雙(α-萘基)-1,1'-聯苯-4,4'-二胺成膜。最後,作為透明電極,利用濺渡使ITO成膜,製作具有白色發光層的有機EL單元。藉由使以所述方式獲得的有機EL單元與所述帶隔離壁的基板對向並利用密封劑貼合,而製作顯示裝置。The manufacturing method of the display device of this invention is demonstrated using an example of the display device which has the board | substrate with a partition wall of this invention, and an organic EL unit. A photosensitive polyimide resin was coated on a glass substrate, and an insulating film was formed by a photolithography method. As a back electrode layer, after sputtering aluminum, patterning was performed by a photolithography method to form a back electrode layer in an opening portion without an insulating film. Next, as an electron transport layer, tris (8-hydroxyquinoline) aluminum (hereinafter abbreviated as Alq 3 ) was formed into a film by a vacuum evaporation method, and then as a light-emitting layer, Alq 3 was doped with diamine. White light-emitting layer of methylenepyran, quinacridone, 4,4'-bis (2,2-diphenylvinyl) biphenyl. Next, as the hole transport layer, N, N'-diphenyl-N, N'-bis (α-naphthyl) -1,1'-biphenyl-4,4'-di Amine forms a film. Finally, as a transparent electrode, an ITO film was formed by sputtering to produce an organic EL unit having a white light-emitting layer. The organic EL unit obtained in the above-mentioned manner is opposed to the substrate with a partition wall and bonded with a sealant to produce a display device.

其次,對本發明的觸控面板進行說明。本發明的觸控面板具有所述本發明的帶圖案的基板、透明電極、金屬配線及透明膜。Next, the touch panel of the present invention will be described. A touch panel of the present invention includes the patterned substrate of the present invention, a transparent electrode, a metal wiring, and a transparent film.

圖10表示本發明的觸控面板的剖面的一例。於玻璃基板11上具有包含本發明的硬化膜的白色遮光硬化膜12、透明電極13,於透明電極13上具有透明絕緣膜14與金屬配線15。FIG. 10 shows an example of a cross section of a touch panel according to the present invention. The white light-shielding cured film 12 and the transparent electrode 13 including the cured film of the present invention are provided on the glass substrate 11, and the transparent insulating film 14 and the metal wiring 15 are provided on the transparent electrode 13.

作為透明電極,就難以視認的方面而言,較佳為ITO電極等。As a transparent electrode, an ITO electrode etc. are preferable at the point which is hard to recognize.

作為構成金屬配線的材料,例如可列舉:銅、MAM(鉬/鋁/鉬積層膜)、銀等電阻值低的原材料。Examples of the material constituting the metal wiring include low-resistance materials such as copper, MAM (Molybdenum / Aluminum / Molybdenum Multilayer Film), and silver.

作為透明膜,較佳為防止因金屬配線彼此的接觸所引起的導通的透明絕緣膜,可列舉氧化矽、氮化矽等無機膜;含有鹼可溶性樹脂、多官能單體及光聚合起始劑的負型感光性透明樹脂組成物的硬化膜等。The transparent film is preferably a transparent insulating film that prevents conduction due to contact between metal wirings. Examples include inorganic films such as silicon oxide and silicon nitride; alkali-soluble resins, polyfunctional monomers, and photopolymerization initiators are included. A cured film of a negative photosensitive transparent resin composition.

作為本發明的觸控面板的製造方法,例如可列舉於所述本發明的帶圖案的加工基板上形成透明電極、透明絕緣膜及金屬配線的方法等。以下,對具代表性的製造方法進行說明。Examples of the method for manufacturing the touch panel of the present invention include a method of forming a transparent electrode, a transparent insulating film, and a metal wiring on the patterned processed substrate of the present invention. Hereinafter, a representative manufacturing method will be described.

圖11a~圖11d表示本發明的觸控面板的製造方法的一例。圖11a是於玻璃基板11上具有白色遮光硬化膜12的本發明的帶圖案的加工基板的俯視圖。於所述玻璃基板11上形成透明電極13。作為透明電極13的形成方法,例如可列舉如下方法等:於藉由濺渡法將ITO製膜後,形成光阻劑,藉由蝕刻進行圖案形成,將光阻劑剝離。圖11b表示透明電極形成後的俯視圖。其次,於規定的位置形成透明絕緣膜14。作為透明絕緣膜的製造方法,於透明絕緣膜為無機膜的情況下,例如可列舉化學氣相沈積(Chemical Vapor Deposition,CVD)法。於透明絕緣膜為負型感光性透明樹脂組成物的硬化膜的情況下,例如可列舉使用光微影法的方法。圖11c表示透明絕緣膜形成後的俯視圖。其後,形成金屬配線15。作為金屬配線的形成方法,例如可列舉於藉由蒸鍍法或濺渡法將形成配線的金屬製膜後形成光阻劑並藉由蝕刻形成圖案而將光阻劑剝離的方法、銀糊劑的印刷法、微影法等。圖11d表示金屬配線形成後的俯視圖。
[實施例]
11a to 11d illustrate an example of a method for manufacturing a touch panel of the present invention. FIG. 11 a is a plan view of a patterned processing substrate of the present invention having a white light-shielding cured film 12 on a glass substrate 11. A transparent electrode 13 is formed on the glass substrate 11. Examples of a method for forming the transparent electrode 13 include a method of forming a photoresist by forming a film of ITO by a sputtering method, forming a photoresist by etching, and peeling the photoresist. Fig. 11b shows a plan view after the transparent electrode is formed. Next, a transparent insulating film 14 is formed at a predetermined position. As a manufacturing method of a transparent insulating film, when a transparent insulating film is an inorganic film, a chemical vapor deposition (CVD) method is mentioned, for example. When the transparent insulating film is a cured film of a negative photosensitive transparent resin composition, for example, a method using a photolithography method may be mentioned. FIG. 11c shows a plan view after the transparent insulating film is formed. Thereafter, the metal wiring 15 is formed. Examples of the method for forming the metal wiring include a method of forming a photoresist after forming a metal film of the wiring by a vapor deposition method or a sputtering method, and forming a pattern by etching to remove the photoresist, and a silver paste. Printing, lithography, etc. FIG. 11d shows a plan view after the metal wiring is formed.
[Example]

以下,列舉實施例對本發明進行更具體的說明,但本發明不限定於該些實施例。關於合成例及實施例中所用的化合物中使用簡稱的化合物,示於以下。
PGMEA:丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯
DAA:二丙酮醇
BHT:二丁基羥基甲苯。
Hereinafter, the present invention will be described more specifically with examples, but the present invention is not limited to these examples. The compounds using the abbreviation among the compounds used in the synthesis examples and examples are shown below.
PGMEA: propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate
DAA: Diacetone alcohol
BHT: dibutylhydroxytoluene.

合成例1~合成例9中的矽氧烷樹脂溶液及合成例10中的丙烯酸樹脂的固體成分濃度是藉由以下方法求出。秤取1.5 g矽氧烷樹脂溶液或丙烯酸樹脂溶液至鋁杯中,使用加熱板於250℃下加熱30分鐘而使液體成分蒸發。對加熱後殘留於鋁杯中的固體成分的重量進行秤量,根據相對於加熱前的重量的比例求出矽氧烷樹脂溶液或丙烯酸樹脂溶液的固體成分濃度。The solid content concentration of the siloxane resin solution in Synthesis Examples 1 to 9 and the acrylic resin in Synthesis Example 10 was determined by the following method. Weigh 1.5 g of the siloxane resin solution or acrylic resin solution into an aluminum cup, and use a hot plate to heat at 250 ° C for 30 minutes to evaporate the liquid component. The weight of the solid content remaining in the aluminum cup after heating was measured, and the solid content concentration of the siloxane resin solution or the acrylic resin solution was obtained from the ratio to the weight before heating.

合成例1~合成例9中的矽氧烷樹脂及合成例10中的丙烯酸樹脂的重量平均分子量是藉由以下方法求出。使用GPC分析裝置(HLC-8220;東曹(股)製造),使用四氫呋喃作為流動層,基於「JIS K7252-3(製定年月日:2008/03/20)」進行GPC分析,測定聚苯乙烯換算的重量平均分子量。The weight average molecular weights of the siloxane resins in Synthesis Examples 1 to 9 and the acrylic resin in Synthesis Example 10 were determined by the following methods. GPC analysis was performed using a GPC analyzer (HLC-8220; manufactured by Tosoh Corporation), using tetrahydrofuran as a mobile layer, and measuring polystyrene based on "JIS K7252-3 (date of establishment: 2008/03/20)" Converted weight average molecular weight.

合成例1~合成例9中的矽氧烷樹脂中的各重覆單元的含有比率是藉由以下方法求出。將矽氧烷樹脂溶液注入至直徑10 mm的「鐵氟龍(Teflon)」(註冊商標)製造的核磁共振(nuclear magnetic resonance,NMR)樣品管中,進行29 Si-NMR測定,根據源自特定的有機矽烷的Si的積分值相對於源自有機矽烷的Si整體的積分值的比例計算出各重覆單元的含有比率。以下示出29 Si-NMR測定條件。
裝置:核磁共振裝置(JNM-GX270;日本電子(股)製造)
測定法:閘控去偶(gated decoupling)法
測定核頻率:53.6693 MHz(29 Si核)
光譜寬度:20000 Hz
脈波寬度:12 μs(45°脈波)
脈波重覆時間:30.0秒
溶媒:丙酮-d6
標準物質:四甲基矽烷
測定溫度:23℃
試樣轉速:0.0 Hz。
The content ratio of each repeating unit in the siloxane resin in Synthesis Examples 1 to 9 was determined by the following method. The siloxane resin solution was poured into a 10 mm diameter "Teflon" (registered trademark) nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) sample tube, and 29 Si-NMR measurement was performed. The ratio of the integrated value of Si of the organosilane to the integrated value of the entire Si derived from the organosilane was calculated as the content ratio of each repeating unit. The 29 Si-NMR measurement conditions are shown below.
Device: Nuclear magnetic resonance device (JNM-GX270; manufactured by Japan Electronics Co., Ltd.)
Measurement method: gated decoupling method to determine nuclear frequency: 53.6693 MHz ( 29 Si core)
Spectral width: 20000 Hz
Pulse width: 12 μs (45 ° pulse)
Pulse wave repeat time: 30.0 seconds Solvent: Acetone-d6
Reference material: Tetramethylsilane Measurement temperature: 23 ° C
Sample speed: 0.0 Hz.

合成例1 矽氧烷樹脂(B-1)溶液
於1000 ml的三口燒瓶中裝入三氟丙基三甲氧基矽烷147.32 g(0.675 mol)、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷40.66 g(0.175 mol)、3-三甲氧基矽烷基丙基丁二酸酐26.23 g(0.1 mol)、3-(3,4-環氧基環己基)丙基三甲氧基矽烷12.32 g(0.05 mol)、BHT 0.808 g、PGMEA 171.62 g,一面於室溫下攪拌一面用30分鐘添加在水52.65 g中溶解有磷酸2.265 g(相對於裝入單體而為1.0重量%)的磷酸水溶液。其後,將燒瓶浸漬於70℃的油浴中攪拌90分鐘後,花30分鐘將油浴升溫至115℃為止。於升溫開始1小時後,溶液溫度(內溫)達到100℃,然後進行2小時加熱攪拌(內溫為100℃~110℃),獲得矽氧烷樹脂溶液。再者,於升溫及加熱攪拌中,以0.05升/分鐘來流通氮氣95體積%、氧氣5體積%的混合氣體。反應中餾出作為副產物的甲醇、水合計131.35 g。於所獲得的矽氧烷樹脂溶液中以固體成分濃度成為40重量%的方式追加PGMEA,而獲得矽氧烷樹脂(B-1)溶液。再者,所獲得的矽氧烷樹脂(B-1)的重量平均分子量為4,000(聚苯乙烯換算)。另外,根據29 Si-NMR的測定結果,矽氧烷樹脂(B-1)中的、源自三氟丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、3-三甲氧基矽烷基丙基丁二酸酐、3-(3,4-環氧基環己基)丙基三甲氧基矽烷的重覆單元的莫耳比分別為67.5 mol%、17.5 mol%、10 mol%、5 mol%。
Synthesis Example 1 A solution of a siloxane resin (B-1) was charged into a 1000 ml three-necked flask with trifluoropropyltrimethoxysilane 147.32 g (0.675 mol) and 3-methacryloxypropylmethyldi Methoxysilane 40.66 g (0.175 mol), 3-trimethoxysilylpropyl succinic anhydride 26.23 g (0.1 mol), 3- (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) propyltrimethoxysilane 12.32 g (0.05 mol), BHT 0.808 g, PGMEA 171.62 g, and while stirring at room temperature for 30 minutes, 2.265 g of phosphoric acid dissolved in 52.65 g of water (1.0% by weight relative to the monomer content) was added. Aqueous solution. Thereafter, the flask was immersed in an oil bath at 70 ° C. and stirred for 90 minutes, and then the oil bath was heated to 115 ° C. for 30 minutes. One hour after the start of temperature rise, the solution temperature (internal temperature) reached 100 ° C, and then heating and stirring (internal temperature of 100 ° C to 110 ° C) for 2 hours to obtain a siloxane resin solution. In addition, a mixed gas of 95% by volume of nitrogen and 5% by volume of oxygen was flowed at 0.05 liters / minute while heating and stirring. A total of 131.35 g of methanol and water were distilled off as a by-product during the reaction. PGMEA was added to the obtained siloxane resin solution so that the solid content concentration became 40% by weight, thereby obtaining a siloxane resin (B-1) solution. The weight average molecular weight of the obtained siloxane resin (B-1) was 4,000 (in terms of polystyrene). In addition, based on the measurement results of 29 Si-NMR, trifluoropropyltrimethoxysilane and 3-methacryloxypropylmethyldimethoxy group derived from the siloxane resin (B-1) Molar ratios of the repeating units of silane, 3-trimethoxysilylpropylsuccinic anhydride, and 3- (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) propyltrimethoxysilane are 67.5 mol% and 17.5 mol, respectively %, 10 mol%, 5 mol%.

合成例2 矽氧烷樹脂(B-2)溶液
於1000 ml的三口燒瓶中裝入三氟丙基三甲氧基矽烷81.84 g(0.375 mol)、三氟丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷60.66 g(0.3 mol)、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷40.66 g(0.175 mol)、3-三甲氧基矽烷基丙基丁二酸酐26.23 g(0.1 mol)、3-(3,4-環氧基環己基)丙基三甲氧基矽烷12.32 g(0.05 mol)、BHT 0.78 g、PGMEA 174.95 g,一面於室溫下攪拌一面用30分鐘添加在水44.55 g中溶解有磷酸2.217 g(相對於裝入單體而為1.0重量%)的磷酸水溶液。其後,與合成例1同樣地獲得矽氧烷樹脂溶液。反應中餾出作為副產物的甲醇、水合計128.40 g。於所獲得的矽氧烷樹脂溶液中以固體成分濃度成為40重量%的方式追加PGMEA,而獲得矽氧烷樹脂(B-2)溶液。再者,所獲得的矽氧烷樹脂(B-2)的重量平均分子量為3,200(聚苯乙烯換算)。另外,根據29 Si-NMR的測定結果,矽氧烷樹脂(B-2)中的、源自三氟丙基三甲氧基矽烷、三氟丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、3-三甲氧基矽烷基丙基丁二酸酐、3-(3,4-環氧基環己基)丙基三甲氧基矽烷的重覆單元的莫耳比分別為37.5 mol%、30 mol%、17.5 mol%、10 mol%、5 mol%。
Synthesis Example 2 Siloxane resin (B-2) solution A 1000 ml three-necked flask was charged with 81.84 g (0.375 mol) of trifluoropropyltrimethoxysilane and 60.66 g of trifluoropropylmethyldimethoxysilane. (0.3 mol), 3-methacryloxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane 40.66 g (0.175 mol), 3-trimethoxysilylpropyl succinic anhydride 26.23 g (0.1 mol), 3- (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) propyltrimethoxysilane 12.32 g (0.05 mol), BHT 0.78 g, PGMEA 174.95 g, dissolved in 44.55 g of water while stirring at room temperature for 30 minutes A phosphoric acid aqueous solution of 2.217 g of phosphoric acid (1.0% by weight based on the monomer content). Thereafter, a siloxane resin solution was obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1. A total of 128.40 g of methanol and water were distilled off as a by-product during the reaction. PGMEA was added to the obtained siloxane resin solution so that the solid content concentration became 40% by weight, thereby obtaining a siloxane resin (B-2) solution. The weight average molecular weight of the obtained siloxane resin (B-2) was 3,200 (in terms of polystyrene). In addition, based on the measurement results of 29 Si-NMR, trifluoropropyltrimethoxysilane, trifluoropropylmethyldimethoxysilane, and 3-methyl in the siloxane resin (B-2) were derived. Acrylic methoxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3-trimethoxysilylpropylsuccinic anhydride, 3- (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) propyltrimethoxysilane repeating unit The molar ratios are 37.5 mol%, 30 mol%, 17.5 mol%, 10 mol%, and 5 mol%.

合成例3 矽氧烷樹脂(B-3)溶液
於1000 ml的三口燒瓶中裝入三氟丙基三甲氧基矽烷103.67 g(0.475 mol)、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷40.66 g(0.175 mol)、3-三甲氧基矽烷基丙基丁二酸酐26.23 g(0.1 mol)、3-(3,4-環氧基環己基)丙基三甲氧基矽烷12.32 g(0.05 mol)、甲基三甲氧基矽烷27.24 g(0.2 mol)、BHT 0.808 g、PGMEA 155.37 g,一面於室溫下攪拌一面用30分鐘添加在水52.65 g中溶解有磷酸2.101 g(相對於裝入單體而為1.0重量%)的磷酸水溶液。其後,與合成例1同樣地獲得矽氧烷樹脂溶液。反應中餾出作為副產物的甲醇、水合計131.35 g。於所獲得的矽氧烷樹脂溶液中以固體成分濃度成為40重量%的方式追加PGMEA,而獲得矽氧烷樹脂(B-3)溶液。再者,所獲得的矽氧烷樹脂(B-3)的重量平均分子量為3,500(聚苯乙烯換算)。另外,根據29 Si-NMR的測定結果,矽氧烷樹脂(B-3)中的、源自三氟丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、3-三甲氧基矽烷基丙基丁二酸酐、3-(3,4-環氧基環己基)丙基三甲氧基矽烷、甲基三甲氧基矽烷的重覆單元的莫耳比分別為47.5 mol%、17.5 mol%、10 mol%、5 mol%、20 mol%。
Synthesis Example 3 Siloxane resin (B-3) solution A 1000 ml three-necked flask was charged with 103.67 g (0.475 mol) of trifluoropropyltrimethoxysilane and 3-methacryloxypropylmethyldi Methoxysilane 40.66 g (0.175 mol), 3-trimethoxysilylpropyl succinic anhydride 26.23 g (0.1 mol), 3- (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) propyltrimethoxysilane 12.32 g (0.05 mol), methyltrimethoxysilane 27.24 g (0.2 mol), BHT 0.808 g, PGMEA 155.37 g, while stirring at room temperature for 30 minutes, add 2.101 g of phosphoric acid dissolved in 52.65 g of water (relatively A 1.0% by weight) phosphoric acid aqueous solution was charged into the monomer. Thereafter, a siloxane resin solution was obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1. A total of 131.35 g of methanol and water were distilled off as a by-product during the reaction. PGMEA was added to the obtained siloxane resin solution so that the solid content concentration became 40% by weight, thereby obtaining a siloxane resin (B-3) solution. The weight average molecular weight of the obtained siloxane resin (B-3) was 3,500 (in terms of polystyrene). In addition, according to the measurement results of 29 Si-NMR, trifluoropropyltrimethoxysilane and 3-methacryloxypropylmethyldimethoxy group derived from the siloxane resin (B-3) Molar ratios of repeating units of silane, 3-trimethoxysilylpropylsuccinic anhydride, 3- (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) propyltrimethoxysilane, and methyltrimethoxysilane, respectively It is 47.5 mol%, 17.5 mol%, 10 mol%, 5 mol%, 20 mol%.

合成例4 矽氧烷樹脂(B-4)溶液
於1000 ml的三口燒瓶中裝入三氟丙基三甲氧基矽烷103.67 g(0.475 mol)、二甲基二甲氧基矽烷24.04 g(0.20 mol)、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷43.46 g(0.175 mol)、3-三甲氧基矽烷基丙基丁二酸酐26.23 g(0.1 mol)、3-(3,4-環氧基環己基)丙基三甲氧基矽烷12.32 g(0.05 mol)、BHT 0.736 g、PGMEA 161.28 g,一面於室溫下攪拌一面用30分鐘添加在水50.85 g中溶解有磷酸2.097 g(相對於裝入單體而為1.0重量%)的磷酸水溶液。其後,與合成例1同樣地獲得矽氧烷樹脂溶液。反應中餾出作為副產物的甲醇、水合計130.05 g。於所獲得的矽氧烷樹脂溶液中以固體成分濃度成為40重量%的方式追加PGMEA,而獲得矽氧烷樹脂(B-4)溶液。再者,所獲得的矽氧烷樹脂(B-4)的重量平均分子量為3,800(聚苯乙烯換算)。另外,根據29 Si-NMR的測定結果,矽氧烷樹脂(B-4)中的、源自三氟丙基三甲氧基矽烷、二甲基二甲氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-三甲氧基矽烷基丙基丁二酸酐、3-(3,4-環氧基環己基)丙基三甲氧基矽烷的重覆單元的莫耳比分別為47.5 mol%、20 mol%、17.5 mol%、10 mol%、5 mol%。
Synthesis Example 4 A solution of a siloxane resin (B-4) was charged into a 1000 ml three-necked flask with 103.67 g (0.475 mol) of trifluoropropyltrimethoxysilane and 24.04 g (0.20 mol of dimethyldimethoxysilane). ), 3-methacryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane 43.46 g (0.175 mol), 3-trimethoxysilylpropyl succinic anhydride 26.23 g (0.1 mol), 3- (3,4-cyclo Oxycyclohexyl) propyltrimethoxysilane 12.32 g (0.05 mol), BHT 0.736 g, PGMEA 161.28 g, while stirring at room temperature for 30 minutes, added in water 50.85 g, 2.097 g of phosphoric acid is dissolved (relative to The monomer was charged to a 1.0% by weight) phosphoric acid aqueous solution. Thereafter, a siloxane resin solution was obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1. A total of 130.05 g of methanol and water were distilled off as a by-product during the reaction. PGMEA was added to the obtained siloxane resin solution so that the solid content concentration became 40% by weight, thereby obtaining a siloxane resin (B-4) solution. The weight average molecular weight of the obtained siloxane resin (B-4) was 3,800 (in terms of polystyrene). In addition, according to the measurement results of 29 Si-NMR, trifluoropropyltrimethoxysilane, dimethyldimethoxysilane, and 3-methacrylic acid were derived from the siloxane resin (B-4). Molar ratios of the repeating units of propyltrimethoxysilane, 3-trimethoxysilylpropylsuccinic anhydride, and 3- (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) propyltrimethoxysilane 47.5 mol%, 20 mol%, 17.5 mol%, 10 mol%, 5 mol%.

合成例5 矽氧烷樹脂(B-5)溶液
於1000 ml的三口燒瓶中裝入三氟丙基三甲氧基矽烷147.32 g(0.675 mol)、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷43.46 g(0.175 mol)、3-三甲氧基矽烷基丙基丁二酸酐26.23 g(0.1 mol)、3-(3,4-環氧基環己基)丙基三甲氧基矽烷12.32 g(0.05 mol)、BHT 0.810 g、PGMEA 172.59 g,一面於室溫下攪拌一面用30分鐘添加在水54.45 g中溶解有磷酸2.293 g(相對於裝入單體而為1.0重量%)的磷酸水溶液。其後,與合成例1同樣地獲得矽氧烷樹脂溶液。反應中餾出作為副產物的甲醇、水合計140.05 g。於所獲得的矽氧烷樹脂溶液中以固體成分濃度成為40重量%的方式追加PGMEA,而獲得矽氧烷樹脂(B-5)溶液。再者,所獲得的矽氧烷樹脂(B-5)的重量平均分子量為4,100(聚苯乙烯換算)。另外,根據29 Si-NMR的測定結果,矽氧烷樹脂(B-5)中的、源自三氟丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-三甲氧基矽烷基丙基丁二酸酐、3-(3,4-環氧基環己基)丙基三甲氧基矽烷的重覆單元的莫耳比分別為67.5 mol%、17.5 mol%、10 mol%、5 mol%。
Synthesis Example 5 Siloxane resin (B-5) solution was charged into a 1000 ml three-necked flask with trifluoropropyltrimethoxysilane 147.32 g (0.675 mol) and 3-methacryloxypropyltrimethoxy Silane 43.46 g (0.175 mol), 3-trimethoxysilylpropylsuccinic anhydride 26.23 g (0.1 mol), 3- (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) propyltrimethoxysilane 12.32 g (0.05 mol), BHT 0.810 g, PGMEA 172.59 g, and while stirring at room temperature for 30 minutes, 2.293 g of phosphoric acid (1.0% by weight based on the monomer content) dissolved in 54.45 g of water was added. Thereafter, a siloxane resin solution was obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1. A total of 140.05 g of methanol and water were distilled off as a by-product during the reaction. PGMEA was added to the obtained siloxane resin solution so that the solid content concentration became 40% by weight, thereby obtaining a siloxane resin (B-5) solution. The weight average molecular weight of the obtained siloxane resin (B-5) was 4,100 (in terms of polystyrene). In addition, according to the measurement results of 29 Si-NMR, trifluoropropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3 derived from the siloxane resin (B-5), 3 The molar ratios of the repeating units of -trimethoxysilylpropylsuccinic anhydride and 3- (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) propyltrimethoxysilane are 67.5 mol%, 17.5 mol%, 10 mol%, 5 mol%.

合成例6 矽氧烷樹脂(B-6)溶液
於1000 ml的三口燒瓶中裝入三氟丙基三甲氧基矽烷76.93 g(0.35 mol)、3-丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷41.00 g(0.175 mol)、3-三甲氧基矽烷基丙基丁二酸酐26.23 g(0.1 mol)、甲基三甲氧基矽烷51.08 g(0.375 mol)、BHT 0.375 g、PGMEA 136.95 g,一面於室溫下攪拌一面用30分鐘添加在水58.50 g中溶解有磷酸2.070 g(相對於裝入單體而為1.0重量%)的磷酸水溶液。其後,與合成例1同樣地獲得矽氧烷樹脂溶液。反應中餾出作為副產物的甲醇、水合計139.50 g。於所獲得的矽氧烷樹脂溶液中以固體成分濃度成為40重量%的方式追加PGMEA,而獲得矽氧烷樹脂(B-6)溶液。再者,所獲得的矽氧烷樹脂(B-6)的重量平均分子量為5,000(聚苯乙烯換算)。另外,根據29 Si-NMR的測定結果,矽氧烷樹脂(B-6)中的、源自三氟丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-三甲氧基矽烷基丙基丁二酸酐、甲基三甲氧基矽烷的重覆單元的莫耳比分別為35 mol%、17.5 mol%、10 mol%、37.5 mol%。
Synthesis Example 6 A solution of a siloxane resin (B-6) was put in a 1000 ml three-necked flask, and trifluoropropyltrimethoxysilane 76.93 g (0.35 mol) and 3-propenyloxypropyltrimethoxysilane 41.00 were charged. g (0.175 mol), 3-trimethoxysilylpropylsuccinic anhydride 26.23 g (0.1 mol), methyltrimethoxysilane 51.08 g (0.375 mol), BHT 0.375 g, PGMEA 136.95 g, while at room temperature While stirring, 2.070 g of phosphoric acid (1.0% by weight based on the monomer content) dissolved in 58.50 g of water was added over 30 minutes. Thereafter, a siloxane resin solution was obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1. A total of 139.50 g of methanol and water were distilled off as a by-product during the reaction. PGMEA was added to the obtained siloxane resin solution so that the solid content concentration became 40% by weight, thereby obtaining a siloxane resin (B-6) solution. The weight average molecular weight of the obtained siloxane resin (B-6) was 5,000 (in terms of polystyrene). In addition, according to the measurement results of 29 Si-NMR, trifluoropropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-propenyloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, and 3-trimethylsilane derived from the siloxane resin (B-6) The molar ratios of the repeating units of oxysilylpropylsuccinic anhydride and methyltrimethoxysilane are 35 mol%, 17.5 mol%, 10 mol%, and 37.5 mol%, respectively.

合成例7 矽氧烷樹脂(B-7)溶液
於1000 ml的三口燒瓶中裝入三氟丙基三甲氧基矽烷76.39 g(0.35 mol)、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷40.66 g(0.175 mol)、3-三甲氧基矽烷基丙基丁二酸酐26.23 g(0.1 mol)、3-(3,4-環氧基環己基)丙基三甲氧基矽烷12.32 g(0.05 mol)、甲基三甲氧基矽烷44.27 g(0.325 mol)、BHT 0.673 g、PGMEA 145.22 g,一面於室溫下攪拌一面用30分鐘添加在水52.65 g中溶解有磷酸1.999 g(相對於裝入單體而為1.0重量%)的磷酸水溶液。其後,與合成例1同樣地獲得矽氧烷樹脂溶液。反應中餾出作為副產物的甲醇、水合計130.25 g。於所獲得的矽氧烷樹脂溶液中以固體成分濃度成為40重量%的方式追加PGMEA,而獲得矽氧烷樹脂(B-7)溶液。再者,所獲得的矽氧烷樹脂(B-7)的重量平均分子量為3,900(聚苯乙烯換算)。另外,根據29 Si-NMR的測定結果,矽氧烷樹脂(B-7)中的、源自三氟丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、3-三甲氧基矽烷基丙基丁二酸酐、3-(3,4-環氧基環己基)丙基三甲氧基矽烷、甲基三甲氧基矽烷的重覆單元的莫耳比分別為35 mol%、17.5 mol%、10 mol%、5 mol%、32.5 mol%。
Synthesis Example 7 A solution of a siloxane resin (B-7) was placed in a 1000 ml three-necked flask, and trifluoropropyltrimethoxysilane 76.39 g (0.35 mol) and 3-methacryloxypropylmethyldi Methoxysilane 40.66 g (0.175 mol), 3-trimethoxysilylpropyl succinic anhydride 26.23 g (0.1 mol), 3- (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) propyltrimethoxysilane 12.32 g (0.05 mol), methyltrimethoxysilane 44.27 g (0.325 mol), BHT 0.673 g, PGMEA 145.22 g, while stirring at room temperature for 30 minutes, added in water 52.65 g dissolved phosphoric acid 1.999 g (relatively A 1.0% by weight) phosphoric acid aqueous solution was charged into the monomer. Thereafter, a siloxane resin solution was obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1. A total of 130.25 g of methanol and water were distilled off as a by-product during the reaction. PGMEA was added to the obtained siloxane resin solution so that the solid content concentration became 40% by weight, thereby obtaining a siloxane resin (B-7) solution. The weight average molecular weight of the obtained siloxane resin (B-7) was 3,900 (in terms of polystyrene). In addition, according to the measurement results of 29 Si-NMR, trifluoropropyltrimethoxysilane and 3-methacryloxypropylmethyldimethoxy group derived from the siloxane resin (B-7) Molar ratios of repeating units of silane, 3-trimethoxysilylpropylsuccinic anhydride, 3- (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) propyltrimethoxysilane, and methyltrimethoxysilane, respectively It is 35 mol%, 17.5 mol%, 10 mol%, 5 mol%, and 32.5 mol%.

合成例8 矽氧烷樹脂(B-8)溶液
於1000 ml的三口燒瓶中裝入三氟丙基三甲氧基矽烷185.51 g(0.85 mol)、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷17.43 g(0.075 mol)、3-三甲氧基矽烷基丙基丁二酸酐19.67 g(0.075 mol)、BHT 0.779 g、PGMEA 166.39 g,一面於室溫下攪拌一面用30分鐘添加在水54.00 g中溶解有磷酸2.226 g(相對於裝入單體而為1.0重量%)的磷酸水溶液。其後,與合成例1同樣地獲得矽氧烷樹脂溶液。反應中餾出作為副產物的甲醇、水合計136.90 g。於所獲得的矽氧烷樹脂溶液中以固體成分濃度成為40重量%的方式追加PGMEA,而獲得矽氧烷樹脂(B-8)溶液。再者,所獲得的矽氧烷樹脂(B-8)的重量平均分子量為4,600(聚苯乙烯換算)。另外,根據29 Si-NMR的測定結果,矽氧烷樹脂(B-8)中的、源自三氟丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、3-三甲氧基矽烷基丙基丁二酸酐的重覆單元的莫耳比分別為85 mol%、7.5 mol%、7.5 mol%。
Synthesis Example 8 A silanol resin (B-8) solution was charged into a 1000 ml three-necked flask with trifluoropropyltrimethoxysilane 185.51 g (0.85 mol) and 3-methacryloxypropylmethyldi 17.43 g (0.075 mol) of methoxysilane, 19.67 g (0.075 mol) of 3-trimethoxysilylpropylsuccinic anhydride, 0.779 g of BHT, 166.39 g of PGMEA, added while stirring at room temperature for 30 minutes. In 54.00 g of water, 2.226 g of phosphoric acid (1.0% by weight based on the monomer content) was dissolved in an aqueous phosphoric acid solution. Thereafter, a siloxane resin solution was obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1. A total of 136.90 g of methanol and water were distilled off as a by-product during the reaction. PGMEA was added to the obtained silicone resin solution so that the solid content concentration became 40% by weight, thereby obtaining a silicone resin (B-8) solution. The weight average molecular weight of the obtained siloxane resin (B-8) was 4,600 (in terms of polystyrene). In addition, based on the measurement results of 29 Si-NMR, trifluoropropyltrimethoxysilane and 3-methacryloxypropylmethyldimethoxy group derived from the siloxane resin (B-8) The molar ratios of the repeating units of silane and 3-trimethoxysilylpropylsuccinic anhydride were 85 mol%, 7.5 mol%, and 7.5 mol%, respectively.

合成例9 矽氧烷樹脂(B-9)溶液
於1000 ml的三口燒瓶中裝入二苯基二甲氧基矽烷164.94 g(0.675 mol)、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷40.66 g(0.175 mol)、3-三甲氧基矽烷基丙基丁二酸酐26.23 g(0.1 mol)、3-(3,4-環氧基環己基)丙基三甲氧基矽烷12.32 g(0.05 mol)、BHT 0.974 g、PGMEA 201.22 g,一面於室溫下攪拌一面用30分鐘添加在水40.50 g中溶解有磷酸2.442 g(相對於裝入單體而為1.0重量%)的磷酸水溶液。其後,與合成例1同樣地獲得矽氧烷樹脂溶液。反應中餾出作為副產物的甲醇、水合計136.90 g。於所獲得的矽氧烷樹脂溶液中以固體成分濃度成為40重量%的方式追加PGMEA,而獲得矽氧烷樹脂(B-9)溶液。再者,所獲得的矽氧烷樹脂(B-9)的重量平均分子量為2,800(聚苯乙烯換算)。另外,根據29 Si-NMR的測定結果,矽氧烷樹脂(B-9)中的、源自二苯基二甲氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、3-三甲氧基矽烷基丙基丁二酸酐、3-(3,4-環氧基環己基)丙基三甲氧基矽烷的重覆單元的莫耳比分別為67.5 mol%、17.5 mol%、10 mol%、5 mol%。
Synthesis Example 9 Siloxane resin (B-9) solution A 1000 ml three-necked flask was charged with 164.94 g (0.675 mol) of diphenyldimethoxysilane and 3-methacryloxypropylmethyldioxane. Methoxysilane 40.66 g (0.175 mol), 3-trimethoxysilylpropyl succinic anhydride 26.23 g (0.1 mol), 3- (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) propyltrimethoxysilane 12.32 g (0.05 mol), BHT 0.974 g, PGMEA 201.22 g, and while stirring at room temperature for 30 minutes, 2.442 g of phosphoric acid (1.0% by weight based on monomer content) dissolved in 40.50 g of water was added. Aqueous solution. Thereafter, a siloxane resin solution was obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1. A total of 136.90 g of methanol and water were distilled off as a by-product during the reaction. PGMEA was added to the obtained siloxane resin solution so that the solid content concentration became 40% by weight, thereby obtaining a siloxane resin (B-9) solution. The weight average molecular weight of the obtained siloxane resin (B-9) was 2,800 (in terms of polystyrene). In addition, according to the measurement results of 29 Si-NMR, in the siloxane resin (B-9), diphenyldimethoxysilane and 3-methacryloxypropylmethyldimethoxy group were derived. Molar ratios of the repeating units of silane, 3-trimethoxysilylpropylsuccinic anhydride, and 3- (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) propyltrimethoxysilane are 67.5 mol% and 17.5 mol, respectively %, 10 mol%, 5 mol%.

將合成例1~合成例9的矽氧烷樹脂的原料組成示於表1~表2中。The raw material compositions of the siloxane resins of Synthesis Examples 1 to 9 are shown in Tables 1 to 2.

[表1]

[表1]
[Table 1]

[Table 1]

[表2]

[表2]
[Table 2]

[Table 2]

合成例10 丙烯酸樹脂(b)溶液
於500 ml的三口燒瓶中裝入2,2'-偶氮雙(異丁腈)3 g、PGMEA 50 g。其後,裝入甲基丙烯酸30 g、甲基丙烯酸苄酯35 g、三環[5.2.1.02,6 ]癸烷-8-基甲基丙烯酸酯35 g,於室溫下暫時攪拌,對燒瓶內進行氮氣置換後,在70℃下進行5小時加熱攪拌。其次,於所獲得的溶液中添加甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯15 g、二甲基苄基胺1 g、對甲氧基苯酚0.2 g、PGMEA 100 g,在90℃下進行4小時加熱攪拌,獲得丙烯酸樹脂溶液。於所獲得的丙烯酸樹脂溶液中以固體成分濃度成為40重量%的方式追加PGMEA,獲得丙烯酸樹脂(b)溶液。丙烯酸樹脂(b)的重量平均分子量為10,000(聚苯乙烯換算)。
Synthesis Example 10 An acrylic resin (b) solution was charged into a 500 ml three-necked flask, and 3 g of 2,2'-azobis (isobutyronitrile) and 50 g of PGMEA were charged. Thereafter, 30 g of methacrylic acid, 35 g of benzyl methacrylate, and 35 g of tricyclo [5.2.1.0 2,6 ] decane-8-ylmethacrylate were charged, and the mixture was temporarily stirred at room temperature. After replacing the inside of the flask with nitrogen, heating and stirring were performed at 70 ° C for 5 hours. Next, 15 g of glycidyl methacrylate, 1 g of dimethylbenzylamine, 0.2 g of p-methoxyphenol, and 100 g of PGMEA were added to the obtained solution, and heating and stirring were performed at 90 ° C for 4 hours to obtain Acrylic resin solution. PGMEA was added to the obtained acrylic resin solution so that the solid content concentration became 40% by weight, to obtain an acrylic resin (b) solution. The weight average molecular weight of the acrylic resin (b) was 10,000 (polystyrene equivalent).

合成例11 矽烷偶合劑(G-1)溶液
於PGMEA 200 g中加入3-三甲氧基矽烷基丙基丁二酸酐41.97 g(0.16 mol)與第三丁基胺11.70 g(0.16 mol),暫時於室溫下攪拌後,於40℃下攪拌2小時。其後,升溫至80℃,加熱攪拌6小時。使所獲得的溶液以固體成分濃度成為20重量%的方式追加PGMEA,獲得作為3-(第三丁基胺甲醯基)-6-(三甲氧基矽烷基)己酸、2-(2-(第三丁基胺基)-2-氧代乙基)-5-(三甲氧基矽烷基)戊酸的混合溶液的矽烷偶合劑(G-1)。
Synthesis Example 11 A solution of a silane coupling agent (G-1) was added to 200 g of PGMEA. 41.97 g (0.16 mol) of 3-trimethoxysilylpropylsuccinic anhydride and 11.70 g (0.16 mol) of tertiary butylamine were temporarily added. After stirring at room temperature, it was stirred at 40 ° C for 2 hours. Thereafter, the temperature was raised to 80 ° C, and the mixture was heated and stirred for 6 hours. PGMEA was added so that the obtained solution had a solid content concentration of 20% by weight to obtain 3- (third butylaminomethylamino) -6- (trimethoxysilyl) hexanoic acid, 2- (2- Silane coupling agent (G-1) in a mixed solution of (third butylamino) -2-oxoethyl) -5- (trimethoxysilyl) pentanoic acid.

合成例12 綠色有機螢光體
將3,5-二溴苯甲醛(3.0 g)、4-第三丁基苯基硼酸(5.3 g)、四(三苯基膦)鈀(0)(0.4 g)、碳酸鉀(2.0 g)放入燒瓶中,進行氮氣置換。於其中添加進行了脫氣的甲苯(30 mL)及進行了脫氣的水(10 mL),進行4小時回流。將反應溶液冷卻至室溫,對有機層進行分液後,利用飽和食鹽水進行清洗。利用硫酸鎂對該有機層加以乾燥並進行過濾,然後將溶媒蒸餾去除。藉由矽膠管柱層析對所獲得的反應產物進行精製,從而獲得3,5-雙(4-第三丁基苯基)苯甲醛(3.5 g)的白色固體。其次,將3,5-雙(4-第三丁基苯基)苯甲醛(1.5 g)與2,4-二甲基吡咯(0.7 g)放入燒瓶中,加入脫水二氯甲烷(200 mL)及三氟乙酸(1滴),於氮氣環境下攪拌4小時。添加2,3-二氯-5,6-二氰基-1,4-苯醌(0.85 g)的脫水二氯甲烷溶液,進而攪拌1小時。反應結束後,添加三氟化硼二乙醚錯合物(7.0 mL)及二異丙基乙基胺(7.0 mL),攪拌4小時後,進而添加水(100 mL)加以攪拌,並對有機層進行分液。利用硫酸鎂對該有機層加以乾燥並進行過濾,然後將溶媒蒸餾去除。藉由矽膠管柱層析法對所獲得的反應產物進行精製,從而獲得綠色粉末0.4 g(產率17%)。所獲得的綠色粉末的1 H-NMR分析結果如以下所述,從而確認所述獲得的綠色粉末為下述結構式所表示的[G-1]。
1 H-NMR(CDCl3 (d=ppm)):7.95(s,1H)、7.63-7.48(m,10H)、6.00(s,2H)、2.58(s,6H)、1.50(s,6H)、1.37(s,18H)。
Synthesis Example 12 The green organic phosphor was 3,5-dibromobenzaldehyde (3.0 g), 4-tert-butylphenylboronic acid (5.3 g), and tetrakis (triphenylphosphine) palladium (0) (0.4 g ), Potassium carbonate (2.0 g) was placed in the flask, and replaced with nitrogen. To this were added degassed toluene (30 mL) and degassed water (10 mL), and refluxed for 4 hours. The reaction solution was cooled to room temperature, the organic layer was separated, and then washed with saturated brine. The organic layer was dried with magnesium sulfate and filtered, and then the solvent was distilled off. The obtained reaction product was purified by silica gel column chromatography to obtain 3,5-bis (4-thirdbutylphenyl) benzaldehyde (3.5 g) as a white solid. Next, put 3,5-bis (4-third-butylphenyl) benzaldehyde (1.5 g) and 2,4-dimethylpyrrole (0.7 g) in a flask, and add dehydrated dichloromethane (200 mL) ) And trifluoroacetic acid (1 drop), and stirred under a nitrogen atmosphere for 4 hours. A solution of 2,3-dichloro-5,6-dicyano-1,4-benzoquinone (0.85 g) in dehydrated dichloromethane was added, followed by stirring for 1 hour. After the reaction, boron trifluoride diethyl ether complex (7.0 mL) and diisopropylethylamine (7.0 mL) were added, and after stirring for 4 hours, water (100 mL) was added to stir, and the organic layer was stirred. Perform liquid separation. The organic layer was dried with magnesium sulfate and filtered, and then the solvent was distilled off. The obtained reaction product was purified by silica gel column chromatography to obtain 0.4 g of a green powder (yield: 17%). The 1 H-NMR analysis result of the obtained green powder was as follows, and it was confirmed that the obtained green powder was [G-1] represented by the following structural formula.
1 H-NMR (CDCl 3 (d = ppm)): 7.95 (s, 1H), 7.63-7.48 (m, 10H), 6.00 (s, 2H), 2.58 (s, 6H), 1.50 (s, 6H) , 1.37 (s, 18H).

[化7]

[Chemical 7]

合成例13 含二氧化矽粒子的聚矽氧烷溶液(LS-1)
於500 ml的三口燒瓶中混合甲基三甲氧基矽烷0.05 g(0.4 mmol)、三氟丙基三甲氧基矽烷0.66 g(3.0 mmol)、三甲氧基矽烷基丙基丁二酸酐0.10 g(0.4 mmol)、γ-丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷7.97 g(34 mmol)、15.6重量%的二氧化矽粒子的異丙醇分散液(IPA-ST-UP:日產化學工業(股)製造)224.37 g,加入乙二醇單-第三丁醚163.93 g。一面於室溫下攪拌,一面用3分鐘添加在水4.09 g中溶解有磷酸0.088 g的磷酸水溶液。其後,將燒瓶浸漬於40℃的油浴中攪拌60分鐘後,用30分鐘將油浴升溫至115℃為止。升溫開始1小時後溶液的內溫達到100℃,然後加熱攪拌2小時(內溫為100℃~110℃),獲得含二氧化矽粒子的聚矽氧烷溶液(LS-1)。再者,於升溫及加熱攪拌中,以0.05 l(升)/分鐘來流通氮氣。反應中餾出作為副產物的甲醇、水合計194.01 g。所獲得的含二氧化矽粒子的聚矽氧烷溶液(LS-1)的固體成分濃度為24.3重量%,固體成分中的聚矽氧烷與二氧化矽粒子的含量分別為15重量%、85重量%。所獲得的含二氧化矽粒子的聚矽氧烷溶液(LS-1)中的聚矽氧烷的、源自甲基三甲氧基矽烷、三氟丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-三甲氧基矽烷基丙基丁二酸酐、γ-丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷的重覆單元的莫耳比分別為1.0 mol%、8.0 mol%、1.0 mol%、90.0 mol%。
Synthesis Example 13 Polysiloxane Solution (LS-1) Containing Silicon Dioxide Particles
In a 500 ml three-necked flask, 0.05 g (0.4 mmol) of methyltrimethoxysilane, 0.66 g (3.0 mmol) of trifluoropropyltrimethoxysilane, and 0.10 g of trimethoxysilylpropylsuccinic anhydride (0.4 mmol), γ-propenyloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 7.97 g (34 mmol), 15.6% by weight of silicon dioxide particles in an isopropanol dispersion (IPA-ST-UP: manufactured by Nissan Chemical Industries, Ltd.) ) 224.37 g, adding 163.93 g of ethylene glycol mono-tertiary butyl ether. While stirring at room temperature, a phosphoric acid aqueous solution in which 0.088 g of phosphoric acid was dissolved in 4.09 g of water was added over 3 minutes. Thereafter, the flask was immersed in an oil bath at 40 ° C and stirred for 60 minutes, and then the oil bath was heated to 115 ° C over 30 minutes. The internal temperature of the solution reached 100 ° C after 1 hour from the start of heating, and then heated and stirred for 2 hours (internal temperature was 100 ° C to 110 ° C) to obtain a polysiloxane solution (LS-1) containing silicon dioxide particles. In addition, nitrogen was circulated at 0.05 l (liter) / minute while heating and stirring. A total of 194.01 g of methanol and water were distilled off as a by-product during the reaction. The solid content concentration of the obtained polysiloxane solution (LS-1) containing silicon dioxide particles was 24.3% by weight, and the content of the polysiloxane and the silicon dioxide particles in the solid content were 15% by weight and 85% by weight, respectively. weight%. Polysiloxane derived from the obtained polysiloxane solution (LS-1) containing silicon dioxide particles, derived from methyltrimethoxysilane, trifluoropropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-trimethoxy The molar ratios of the repeating units of silane-based succinic anhydride and γ-acryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane were 1.0 mol%, 8.0 mol%, 1.0 mol%, and 90.0 mol%, respectively.

製備例1 負型感光性著色組成物(P-1)
於作為(A)白色顏料的二氧化鈦顏料(R-960;日本巴斯夫(Japan BASF)(股)製造)5.00 g中混合作為(B)矽氧烷樹脂的藉由合成例1而獲得的矽氧烷樹脂(B-1)溶液5.00 g。使用填充有氧化鋯珠的磨機型分散機進行分散,而獲得顏料分散液(MW-1)。
Preparation Example 1 Negative photosensitive coloring composition (P-1)
To 5.00 g of a titanium dioxide pigment (R-960; manufactured by Japan BASF Co., Ltd.) as a (A) white pigment, a siloxane obtained in Synthesis Example 1 as a (B) siloxane resin was mixed. Resin (B-1) solution was 5.00 g. The dispersion was performed using a mill-type disperser filled with zirconia beads to obtain a pigment dispersion liquid (MW-1).

其次,使顏料分散液(MW-1)10.00 g、矽氧烷樹脂(B-1)溶液1.15 g、作為(C)光聚合起始劑的2-甲基-1-(4-甲硫基苯基)-2-嗎啉代丙烷-1-酮(「豔佳固(Irgacure)」(註冊商標)-907(商品名)、日本巴斯夫(Japan BASF)(股)製造)0.100 g、雙(2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基)-苯基氧化膦(「豔佳固(Irgacure)」-819(商品名)、日本巴斯夫(Japan BASF)(股)製造)0.20 g、作為(D)光聚合性化合物的季戊四醇丙烯酸酯(「萊特丙烯酸酯(Light Acrylate)」(註冊商標)PE-3A(商品名)、共榮社化學(股)製造)1.50 g、含光聚合性氟的化合物(「美佳法(Megafac)」(註冊商標)RS-76-E(商品名)DIC(股)製造)的40重量%PGMEA稀釋溶液1.00 g、矽烷偶合劑(G1)的20重量%PGMEA稀釋溶液0.500 g、3',4'-環氧基環己基甲基-3,4-環氧基環己烷羧酸酯(「賽羅西德(Celloxide)」(註冊商標)-2021P(商品名)、大賽璐(Daicel)(股)製造)0.200 g、乙烯雙(氧乙烯)雙[3-(5-第三丁基-4-羥基-間甲苯)丙酸酯](「易璐諾斯(IRGANOX)」(註冊商標)-1010(商品名)、日本巴斯夫(Japan BASF)(股)製造)0.300 g、丙烯酸系界面活性劑(商品名「畢克(BYK)」(註冊商標)-352、日本畢克化學(BYK-Chemie Japan)(股)製造)的PGMEA 10重量%稀釋溶液0.100 g(相當於濃度500 ppm)溶解於DAA 1.000 g與PGMEA 4.200 g的混合溶媒中,並進行攪拌。繼而,利用5.0 μm的過濾器進行過濾,獲得負型感光性著色組成物(P-1)。Next, 10.00 g of the pigment dispersion liquid (MW-1), 1.15 g of the siloxane resin (B-1) solution, and 2-methyl-1- (4-methylthio) as the (C) photopolymerization initiator. Phenyl) -2-morpholinopropane-1-one ("Irgacure" (registered trademark) -907 (trade name), manufactured by Japan BASF (stock)) 0.100 g, bis ( 2,4,6-trimethylbenzyl) -phenylphosphine oxide ("Irgacure" -819 (trade name), manufactured by Japan BASF (stock)) 0.20 g, as (D) Pentaerythritol acrylate ("Light Acrylate" (registered trademark) PE-3A (trade name), manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.) 1.50 g of photopolymerizable compound, containing photopolymerizable fluorine 1.00 g of a 40 wt% PGMEA diluted solution of a compound ("Megafac" (registered trademark) RS-76-E (trade name) manufactured by DIC Corporation), 20 wt% PGMEA of a silane coupling agent (G1) Diluted solution 0.500 g, 3 ', 4'-epoxycyclohexylmethyl-3,4-epoxycyclohexane carboxylic acid ester ("Celloxide" (registered trademark) -2021P (Trade name), Daicel (manufactured) 0.200 g, ethylene bis (oxyethylene) bis [3- (5-third butyl-4-hydroxy-m-toluene) propionate] (" "IRGANOX" (registered trademark) -1010 (trade name), Japan BASF (made in Japan) 0.300 g, acrylic surfactant (trade name "BYK" (registered trademark) ) -352, 0.100 g of PGMEA 10% by weight diluted solution (made by BYK-Chemie Japan) is dissolved in a mixed solvent of 1.000 g of DAA and 4.200 g of PGMEA Stir. Then, it filtered with the filter of 5.0 micrometers, and obtained the negative photosensitive coloring composition (P-1).

製備例2~製備例4 負型感光性著色組成物(P-2)~負型感光性著色組成物(P-4)
除了分別使用所述矽氧烷樹脂(B-2)~矽氧烷樹脂(B-4)溶液來代替矽氧烷樹脂(B-1)溶液以外,與製備例1同樣地進行,而獲得負型感光性著色組成物(P-2)~負型感光性著色組成物(P-4)。
Production Example 2 to Production Example 4 Negative-type photosensitive coloring composition (P-2) to Negative-type photosensitive coloring composition (P-4)
Except that the siloxane resin (B-2) to siloxane resin (B-4) solution was used instead of the siloxane resin (B-1) solution, the same procedure as in Production Example 1 was performed to obtain a negative ion. Type photosensitive coloring composition (P-2) to negative type photosensitive coloring composition (P-4).

製備例5 負型感光性著色組成物(P-5)
除了使用季戊四醇丙烯酸酯(「萊特丙烯酸酯(Light Acrylate)」(註冊商標)PE-3A)的40重量%PGMEA稀釋液1.00 g來代替含光聚合性氟的化合物(「美佳法(Megafac)」(註冊商標)RS-76-E)的40重量%PGMEA稀釋溶液1.00 g以外,與製備例1同樣地進行,而獲得負型感光性著色組成物(P-5)。
Preparation Example 5 Negative Photosensitive Coloring Composition (P-5)
Instead of using 1.00 g of a 40% by weight PGMEA dilution of pentaerythritol acrylate ("Light Acrylate" (registered trademark) PE-3A) instead of the photopolymerizable fluorine-containing compound ("Megafac" ( Registered trademark) RS-76-E) was carried out in the same manner as in Production Example 1 except that the 40% by weight PGMEA diluted solution was 1.00 g to obtain a negative photosensitive coloring composition (P-5).

製備例6 負型感光性著色組成物(P-6)
除了使用2,2,2-三氟乙基丙烯酸酯(「比斯克(Biscoat)」(註冊商標)-3F(商品名)、大阪有機化學(股)製造)的40重量%PGMEA稀釋溶液1.00 g來代替含光反應性氟的化合物(「美佳法(Megafac)」(註冊商標)RS-76-E(商品名)DIC(股)製造)的40重量%PGMEA稀釋溶液1.00 g以外,與製備例1同樣地進行,而獲得負型感光性著色組成物(P-6)。
Preparation Example 6 Negative Photosensitive Coloring Composition (P-6)
1.00 g of a 40% by weight PGMEA diluted solution of 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl acrylate ("Biscoat" (registered trademark)-3F (trade name), manufactured by Osaka Organic Chemicals Co., Ltd.)) Instead of 1.00 g of a 40 wt% PGMEA diluted solution containing a photoreactive fluorine-containing compound ("Megafac" (registered trademark) RS-76-E (trade name) manufactured by DIC (Stock)), and the preparation example 1 was performed in the same manner to obtain a negative photosensitive coloring composition (P-6).

製備例7 負型感光性著色組成物(P-7)
除了使用二氧化鈦顏料(CR-97:石原產業(股)製造)來代替二氧化鈦顏料(R-960;日本巴斯夫(Japan BASF)(股)製造)以外,與製備例1同樣地進行,而獲得負型感光性著色組成物(P-7)。
Preparation Example 7 Negative-type photosensitive coloring composition (P-7)
A negative type was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 1 except that a titanium dioxide pigment (CR-97: manufactured by Ishihara Industry Co., Ltd.) was used instead of the titanium dioxide pigment (R-960; manufactured by Japan BASF). Photosensitive coloring composition (P-7).

製備例8 負型感光性著色組成物(P-8)
除了使用「豔佳固(Irgacure)」(註冊商標)-MBF(商品名)(日本巴斯夫(Japan BASF)(股)製造)0.100 g來代替2-甲基-1-(4-甲硫基苯基)-2-嗎啉代丙烷-1-酮(「豔佳固(Irgacure)」127)以外,與製備例1同樣地進行,而獲得負型感光性著色組成物(P-8)。
Preparation Example 8 Negative photosensitive coloring composition (P-8)
In addition to using 0.100 g of "Irgacure" (registered trademark) -MBF (trade name) (manufactured by Japan BASF) in place of 2-methyl-1- (4-methylthiobenzene) A negative photosensitive coloring composition (P-8) was obtained in the same manner as in Production Example 1 except for the base) -2-morpholinopropane-1-one ("Irgacure" 127).

製備例9~製備例13 負型感光性著色組成物(P-9)~負型感光性著色組成物(P-13)
除了分別使用矽氧烷樹脂(B-5)~矽氧烷樹脂(B-9)溶液來代替矽氧烷樹脂(B-1)溶液以外,與製備例1同樣地進行,而獲得負型感光性著色組成物(P-9)~負型感光性著色組成物(P-13)。
Preparation Example 9 to Preparation Example 13 Negative-type photosensitive coloring composition (P-9)-Negative-type photosensitive coloring composition (P-13)
Except that the siloxane resin (B-5) to the siloxane resin (B-9) solution were used instead of the siloxane resin (B-1) solution, the same procedure as in Production Example 1 was performed to obtain a negative photosensitive A negative coloring composition (P-9) to a negative photosensitive coloring composition (P-13).

製備例14 負型感光性著色組成物(P-14)
除了使用丙烯酸樹脂(b)溶液來代替樹脂(B-1)溶液以外,與製備例1同樣地進行,而獲得負型感光性著色組成物(P-14)。
Preparation Example 14 Negative Photosensitive Coloring Composition (P-14)
A negative-type photosensitive coloring composition (P-14) was obtained in the same manner as in Production Example 1 except that the acrylic resin (b) solution was used instead of the resin (B-1) solution.

製備例15 負型感光性著色組成物(P-15)
使顏料分散液(MW-1)8.00 g、藉由合成例1而獲得的聚矽氧烷(B-1)溶液1.615 g、作為光聚合起始劑的乙酮,1-[9-乙基-6-(2-甲基苯甲醯基)-9H-咔唑-3-基]-,1-(O-乙醯肟)(「豔佳固(Irgacure)」(註冊商標)OXE-02(商品名)日本巴斯夫(Japan BASF)(股)製造(以下「OXE-2」))0.160 g、雙(2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基)-苯基氧化膦(「豔佳固(Irgacure)」819(商品名)、日本巴斯夫(Japan BASF)(股)製造(以下「IC-819」))0.160 g、作為光聚合性化合物的二季戊四醇六丙烯酸酯(「卡亞拉得(KAYARAD)」(註冊商標)DPHA(商品名)、新日本藥業(股)製造(以下「DPHA」))1.20 g、作為防液化合物的含光聚合性氟的化合物(「美佳法(Megafac)」(註冊商標)RS-76-E(商品名)DIC(股)製造(以下「RS-76-E」))的40重量%PGMEA稀釋溶液0.100 g、3',4'-環氧基環己基甲基-3,4-環氧基環己烷羧酸酯(「賽羅西德(Celloxide)」(註冊商標)2021P(商品名)、大賽璐(Daicel)(股)製造(以下「賽羅西德(Celloxide)2021P」))0.160 g、乙烯雙(氧乙烯)雙[3-(5-第三丁基-4-羥基-間甲苯)丙酸酯](「易璐諾斯(IRGANOX)」(註冊商標)1010(商品名)、日本巴斯夫(Japan BASF)(股)製造(以下「易璐諾斯(IRGANOX)1010」))0.024 g、丙烯酸系界面活性劑(「畢克(BYK)」(註冊商標)352(商品名)、日本畢克化學(BYK-Chemie Japan)(股)製造)的PGMEA 10重量%稀釋溶液0.100 g(相當於濃度500 ppm)溶解於DAA 1.200 g與PGMEA 7.281 g的混合溶媒中,並進行攪拌。繼而,利用5.0 μm的過濾器進行過濾,獲得負型感光性著色組成物(P-15)。
Preparation Example 15 Negative-type photosensitive coloring composition (P-15)
The pigment dispersion liquid (MW-1) was 8.00 g, the polysiloxane (B-1) solution obtained in Synthesis Example 1 was 1.615 g, and ethyl acetate as a photopolymerization initiator was 1- [9-ethyl -6- (2-methylbenzylidene) -9H-carbazol-3-yl]-, 1- (O-acetamoxime) ("Irgacure" (registered trademark) OXE-02 (Brand name) Made by Japan BASF Co., Ltd. (hereinafter "OXE-2")) 0.160 g, bis (2,4,6-trimethylbenzyl) -phenylphosphine oxide ("Brilliant "Irgacure" 819 (trade name), Japan BASF Co., Ltd. (hereinafter "IC-819")) 0.160 g, dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate ("Kayala" as a photopolymerizable compound) (KAYARAD) (registered trademark) DPHA (trade name), manufactured by Shin Nippon Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. (hereinafter "DPHA")), 1.20 g of a photopolymerizable fluorine-containing compound as a liquid repellent compound ("Meiga ( Megafac) "(registered trademark) RS-76-E (trade name) manufactured by DIC Corporation (hereinafter" RS-76-E ")) 40% by weight PGMEA diluted solution 0.100 g, 3 ', 4'-epoxy Cyclohexylmethyl-3,4-epoxy Alkyl carboxylate ("Celloxide" (registered trademark) 2021P (trade name), Daicel (stock) manufactured (hereinafter "Celloxide 2021P")) 0.160 g, Ethylene bis (oxyethylene) bis [3- (5-third butyl-4-hydroxy-m-toluene) propionate] ("IRGANOX" (registered trademark) 1010 (trade name), Japan Manufactured by BASF (Japan) (hereinafter "IRGANOX 1010")) 0.024 g, acrylic surfactant ("BYK" (registered trademark)) 352 (trade name), Japan 0.100 g of a 10% by weight diluted solution of PGMEA (manufactured by BYK-Chemie Japan) was dissolved in a mixed solvent of 1.200 g of DAA and 7.281 g of PGMEA, and stirred. Then, it filtered with a 5.0 micrometer filter, and obtained the negative photosensitive coloring composition (P-15).

製備例16 負型感光性著色組成物(P-16)
除了使用聚矽氧烷(B-5)溶液來代替聚矽氧烷(B-1)溶液以外,與製備例15同樣地獲得負型感光性著色組成物(P-16)。
Preparation Example 16 Negative-type photosensitive coloring composition (P-16)
A negative-type photosensitive coloring composition (P-16) was obtained in the same manner as in Production Example 15 except that a polysiloxane (B-5) solution was used instead of the polysiloxane (B-1) solution.

製備例17 負型感光性著色組成物(P-17)
除了將RS-76-E的40重量%PGMEA稀釋溶液的添加量變更為0.01 g,將聚矽氧烷(B-1)溶液量設為1.705 g以外,與製備例15同樣地獲得負型感光性著色組成物(P-17)。
Preparation Example 17 Negative-type photosensitive coloring composition (P-17)
A negative-type photosensitivity was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 15 except that the addition amount of the 40% by weight PGMEA diluted solution of RS-76-E was changed to 0.01 g and the amount of the polysiloxane (B-1) solution was 1.705 g. Sexually colored composition (P-17).

製備例18 負型感光性著色組成物(P-18)
除了不添加RS-76-E的40重量%PGMEA稀釋溶液0.100 g,將聚矽氧烷(B-1)溶液量設為1.715 g以外,與製備例15同樣地獲得負型感光性著色組成物(P-18)。
Preparation Example 18 Negative photosensitive coloring composition (P-18)
A negative-type photosensitive coloring composition was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 15 except that 0.100 g of a 40% by weight PGMEA diluted solution without RS-76-E was added and the amount of the polysiloxane (B-1) solution was set to 1.715 g. (P-18).

製備例19 負型感光性著色組成物(P-19)
除了將顏料分散液(MW-1)的添加量變更為4.00 g,將聚矽氧烷(B-1)溶液的添加量變更為8.615 g,使用DAA 1.200 g與PGMEA 1.881 g的混合溶媒以外,與製備例15同樣地獲得負型感光性著色組成物(P-19)。
Preparation Example 19 Negative photosensitive coloring composition (P-19)
In addition to changing the amount of pigment dispersion (MW-1) to 4.00 g, the amount of polysiloxane (B-1) solution to 8.615 g, and using a mixed solvent of 1.200 g of DAA and 1.881 g of PGMEA, A negative-type photosensitive coloring composition (P-19) was obtained in the same manner as in Production Example 15.

製備例20 負型感光性著色組成物(P-20)
除了將顏料分散液(MW-1)的添加量變更為3.20 g,將聚矽氧烷(B-1)溶液的添加量變更為10.015 g,使用DAA 1.200 g與PGMEA 3.681 g的混合溶媒以外,與製備例15同樣地獲得負型感光性著色組成物(P-20)。
Preparation Example 20 Negative photosensitive coloring composition (P-20)
In addition to changing the amount of pigment dispersion (MW-1) to 3.20 g, the amount of polysiloxane (B-1) solution to 10.015 g, and using a mixed solvent of 1.200 g of DAA and 3.681 g of PGMEA, A negative-type photosensitive coloring composition (P-20) was obtained in the same manner as in Production Example 15.

製備例21 負型感光性著色組成物(P-21)
除了將顏料分散液(MW-1)的添加量變更為1.60 g,將聚矽氧烷(B-1)溶液的添加量變更為12.815 g,使用DAA 1.200 g與PGMEA 2.481 g的混合溶媒以外,與製備例15同樣地獲得負型感光性著色組成物(P-21)。
Preparation Example 21 Negative photosensitive coloring composition (P-21)
In addition to changing the amount of pigment dispersion (MW-1) to 1.60 g, the amount of polysiloxane (B-1) solution to 12.815 g, and using a mixed solvent of 1.200 g of DAA and 2.481 g of PGMEA, A negative-type photosensitive coloring composition (P-21) was obtained in the same manner as in Production Example 15.

將製備例1~製備例21的組成匯總示於表3、表4、表5中。The compositions of Production Examples 1 to 21 are summarized in Tables 3, 4, and 5.

[表3]

[表3]
[table 3]

[table 3]

[表4]

[表4]
[Table 4]

[Table 4]

[表5]

[表5]
[table 5]

[table 5]

製備例22 顏色變換發光材料組成物(CL-1)
將綠色量子點材料(路米特(Lumidot)640 CdSe/ZnS、平均粒徑6.3 nm:奧德里奇(Aldrich)公司製造)的0.5重量%甲苯溶液20重量份、DPHA 45重量份、「豔佳固(Irgacure)」(註冊商標)907(日本巴斯夫(Japan BASF)(股)製造)5重量份、丙烯酸樹脂(SPCR-18(商品名)、昭和電工(股)製造)的30重量%PGMEA溶液166重量份及甲苯97重量份混合並進行攪拌而均勻地溶解。利用0.45 μm的注射器過濾器進行過濾,製備顏色變換發光材料組成物(CL-1)。
製備例23 顏色變換發光材料組成物(CL-2)
除了使用藉由合成例12而獲得的綠色螢光體G-1 0.4重量份來代替綠色量子點材料,將甲苯的添加量變更為117重量份以外,與製備例22同樣地製備顏色變換發光材料組成物(CL-2)。
Preparation Example 22 Color conversion luminescent material composition (CL-1)
20 parts by weight of 0.5% by weight toluene solution of green quantum dot material (Lumidot 640 CdSe / ZnS, average particle size 6.3 nm: manufactured by Aldrich), 45 parts by weight of DPHA, Solid (Irgacure) "(registered trademark) 907 (manufactured by Japan BASF) 5 parts by weight of acrylic resin (SPCR-18 (trade name), Showa Denko Corporation) 30 wt% PGMEA solution 166 parts by weight and 97 parts by weight of toluene were mixed and stirred to dissolve uniformly. Filtration was performed using a 0.45 μm syringe filter to prepare a color conversion luminescent material composition (CL-1).
Preparation Example 23 Color conversion luminescent material composition (CL-2)
A color conversion light-emitting material was prepared in the same manner as in Preparation Example 22 except that 0.4 parts by weight of the green phosphor G-1 obtained in Synthesis Example 12 was used instead of the green quantum dot material, and the amount of toluene was changed to 117 parts by weight. Composition (CL-2).

製備例24 彩色濾光片形成材料(CF-1)
將C.I.顏料綠(Pigment Green)59 90 g、C.I.顏料黃(Pigment Yellow)150 60 g、高分子分散劑(「畢克(BYK)」(註冊商標)-6919(商品名)畢克化學(BYK-Chemie)公司製造)75 g、黏合劑樹脂(「艾迪科阿克爾斯(ADEKA ARKLS)」(註冊商標)WR301(商品名)艾迪科(ADEKA)(股)製造)100 g、PGMEA 675 g混合而製作漿料。用管(tube)將放入有漿料的燒杯與戴諾磨機(Dyno-Mill)相連,使用直徑0.5 mm的氧化鋯珠作為介質,以周速14 m/s進行8小時分散處理,製作顏料綠59分散液(GD-1)。
Preparation Example 24 Color filter forming material (CF-1)
CI Pigment Green (Pigment Green) 59 90 g, CI Pigment Yellow (Pigment Yellow) 150 60 g, polymer dispersant ("BYK" (registered trademark)-6919 (trade name) BYK Chemical (BYK -Manufactured by Chemie) 75 g, adhesive resin ("ADEKA ARKLS" (registered trademark) WR301 (trade name) manufactured by ADEKA), 100 g, PGMEA 675 g was mixed to prepare a slurry. A tube was used to connect the beaker containing the slurry to a Dyno-Mill, and a zirconia bead with a diameter of 0.5 mm was used as a medium to perform a dispersion treatment at a peripheral speed of 14 m / s for 8 hours. Pigment Green 59 dispersion (GD-1).

添加顏料綠59分散液(GD-1)56.54 g、丙烯酸樹脂(「沙克馬(Cyclomer)」(註冊商標)P(ACA)Z250(商品名)大賽璐湛新(daicel-allnex)(股)製造(以下「P(ACA)Z250」))3.14 g、DPHA 2.64 g、光聚合起始劑(「奧普陶瑪(Optomer)」(註冊商標)NCI-831(商品名)艾迪科(ADEKA)(股)製造(以下「NCI-831」))0.330 g、界面活性劑(「畢克(BYK)」(註冊商標)-333(商品名)畢克化學(BYK-Chemie)公司製造)0.04 g、作為聚合抑制劑的BHT 0.01 g、作為溶媒的PGMEA 37.30 g,製作彩色濾光片形成材料(CF-1)。Pigment green 59 dispersion (GD-1) 56.54 g, acrylic resin ("Cyclomer" (registered trademark) P (ACA) Z250 (trade name) manufactured by Daicel-allnex (stock) (Hereinafter "P (ACA) Z250")) 3.14 g, DPHA 2.64 g, photopolymerization initiator ("Optomer" (registered trademark) NCI-831 (trade name) ADEKA (Stock) (hereinafter "NCI-831")) 0.330 g, surfactant ("BYK" (registered trademark) -333 (trade name) manufactured by BYK-Chemie)) 0.04 g 0.01 g of BHT as a polymerization inhibitor and 37.30 g of PGMEA as a solvent, and a color filter forming material (CF-1) was produced.

製備例25 遮光隔離壁用樹脂組成物
將碳黑(MA100(商品名)三菱化學(股)製造)150 g、高分子分散劑畢克(BYK)(註冊商標)-6919 75 g、P(ACA)Z250 100 g、PGMEA 675 g混合,製作漿料。用管(tube)將放入有漿料的燒杯與戴諾磨機相連,使用直徑0.5 mm的氧化鋯珠作為介質,以周速14 m/s進行8小時分散處理,製作顏料分散液(MB-1)。
Preparation Example 25 Resin composition for light-shielding partition wall Carbon black (MA100 (trade name) manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation) 150 g, polymer dispersant BYK (registered trademark) -6919 75 g, P (ACA ) Z250 100 g and PGMEA 675 g are mixed to make a slurry. The beaker containing the slurry was connected to the Deno mill using a tube. The zirconia beads with a diameter of 0.5 mm were used as a medium, and the dispersion treatment was performed at a peripheral speed of 14 m / s for 8 hours to prepare a pigment dispersion liquid (MB -1).

添加顏料分散液(MB-1)56.54 g、P(ACA)Z250 3.14 g、DPHA 2.64 g、NCI-831 0.330 g、畢克(BYK)(註冊商標)-333 0.04 g、作為聚合抑制劑的第三丁基兒茶酚0.01 g、PGMEA 37.30 g,製作遮光隔離壁用樹脂組成物。Added pigment dispersion (MB-1) 56.54 g, P (ACA) Z250 3.14 g, DPHA 2.64 g, NCI-831 0.330 g, BYK (registered trademark) -333 0.04 g, as the polymerization inhibitor Tributyl catechol 0.01 g and PGMEA 37.30 g were used to prepare a resin composition for a light-shielding partition.

製備例26 低折射率層形成材料
將藉由合成例13而獲得的含二氧化矽粒子的聚矽氧烷溶液(LS-1)5.350 g、乙二醇單-第三丁醚1.170 g、DAA 3.48 g混合後,利用0.45 μm的注射器過濾器進行過濾,製備低折射率層形成材料。
Preparation Example 26 A low-refractive index layer forming material was 5.350 g of a polysiloxane solution (LS-1) containing silicon dioxide particles obtained in Synthesis Example 13, 1.170 g of ethylene glycol mono-third butyl ether, and DAA. After mixing 3.48 g, it was filtered with a 0.45 μm syringe filter to prepare a low refractive index layer forming material.

以下示出各實施例及比較例中的評價方法。Evaluation methods in Examples and Comparative Examples are shown below.

<白色顏料的折射率>
關於各實施例及比較例中使用的(A)白色顏料,JIS K7142-2014(製定年月日:2014/04/20)中規定的塑膠的折射率測定方法中,藉由B法(使用顯微鏡的液浸法(貝克線法(Becke's line method))測定折射率。將測定波長設為587.5 nm。其中,使用島津裝置(股)製造製造的「接觸液」來代替JIS K7142-2014中使用的浸液,於浸液溫度:20℃的條件下進行測定。作為顯微鏡,使用偏光顯微鏡「歐佛普(OPTIPHOTO)」(尼康(股)製造)。各準備30個(A)白色顏料的樣品,測定各折射率,將其平均值作為折射率。
<Refractive index of white pigment>
Regarding the (A) white pigment used in each of the examples and comparative examples, the refractive index measurement method of plastics specified in JIS K7142-2014 (date of establishment: 2014/04/20) uses the B method (using a microscope) The liquid immersion method (Becke's line method) was used to measure the refractive index. The measurement wavelength was set to 587.5 nm. The "contact liquid" manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation was used instead of the JIS K7142-2014. The immersion liquid was measured at a temperature of immersion liquid: 20 ° C. As a microscope, a polarizing microscope "OPTIPHOTO" (manufactured by Nikon Corporation) was used. 30 samples of (A) white pigment were prepared each Each refractive index was measured, and the average value was made into a refractive index.

<矽氧烷樹脂或丙烯酸樹脂的折射率>
各實施例及比較例中使用的矽氧烷樹脂或丙烯酸樹脂的折射率藉由以下方法求出。藉由旋轉器將合成例1~合成例9中的矽氧烷樹脂溶液或合成例10中的丙烯酸樹脂溶液塗佈於矽晶圓上,利用90℃的加熱板乾燥2分鐘。其後,使用烘箱(IHPS-222;愛斯佩克(Espec)(股)製造),於空氣中於230℃下熟化30分鐘,製作硬化膜。使用稜鏡偶合器(PC-2000(麥克恩(Metricon)(股)製造)),於大氣壓下、20℃的條件下,自相對於硬化膜面垂直的方向照射波長587.5 nm的光,測定折射率,四捨五入至小數點以下第三位。
<Refractive index of silicone resin or acrylic resin>
The refractive index of the siloxane resin or acrylic resin used in each Example and Comparative Example was determined by the following method. The siloxane resin solution in Synthesis Examples 1 to 9 or the acrylic resin solution in Synthesis Example 10 was applied to a silicon wafer by a spinner, and dried on a 90 ° C. hot plate for 2 minutes. Thereafter, an oven (IHPS-222; manufactured by Espec Co., Ltd.) was used, and it was aged in air at 230 ° C for 30 minutes to produce a cured film. Using a europium coupler (PC-2000 (manufactured by Metricon)) at 20 ° C under atmospheric pressure, light at a wavelength of 587.5 nm was irradiated from a direction perpendicular to the surface of the cured film to measure refraction. Rate, rounded to the third decimal place.

<解析度>
使用旋塗機(商品名1H-360S、米卡薩(Mikasa)(股)製造),將藉由各實施例及比較例而獲得的負型感光性著色組成物以熟化後的膜厚成為10 μm的方式旋塗於10 cm見方的無鹼玻璃基板上,使用加熱板(商品名SCW-636、大日本網屏製造(股)製造),於溫度90℃下預烘烤2分鐘,製作膜厚10 μm的預烘烤膜。
<Resolution>
Using a spin coater (trade name: 1H-360S, manufactured by Mikasa), the negative photosensitive coloring composition obtained in each example and comparative example was cured to a film thickness of 10 A μm method was spin-coated on a 10 cm square alkali-free glass substrate, and a heating plate (trade name SCW-636, manufactured by Dainippon Screen Manufacturing Co., Ltd.) was used to pre-bake at 90 ° C for 2 minutes to prepare a film. 10 μm thick pre-baked film.

針對所製作的預烘烤膜,使用平行光遮罩對準曝光機(商品名PLA-501F、佳能(Cannon)(股)製造),將超高壓水銀燈作為光源,介隔具有100 μm、80 μm、60 μm、50 μm、40 μm及30 μm的各寬度的線&空間圖案的遮罩,以曝光量150 mJ/cm2 (i射線)、100 μm的間隙進行曝光。其後,使用自動顯影裝置(瀧澤產業(股)製造的「AD-2000(商品名)」),使用0.045重量%氫氧化鉀水溶液進行100秒噴淋顯影,繼而使用水進行30秒淋洗。For the prepared pre-baking film, a parallel light mask alignment exposure machine (brand name PLA-501F, manufactured by Cannon) was used, and an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp was used as a light source with a 100 μm, 80 μm distance Masks with line and space patterns of widths of 60 μm, 50 μm, 40 μm, and 30 μm are exposed with a gap of 100 m in an exposure amount of 150 mJ / cm 2 (i-ray). Thereafter, using an automatic developing device ("AD-2000 (trade name)" manufactured by Takizawa Industries Co., Ltd.), spray development was performed using a 0.045 wt% potassium hydroxide aqueous solution for 100 seconds, and then water was used for 30 seconds to rinse.

使用調整為倍率100倍的顯微鏡,對顯影後的圖案進行放大觀察,將於未曝光部中未確認到殘渣的圖案中最窄線寬設為解析度。其中,將於100 μm寬的圖案附近的未曝光部亦有殘渣的情況設為「>100 μm」。Using a microscope adjusted to a magnification of 100 times, the developed pattern was enlarged and observed, and the narrowest line width in the pattern in which no residue was not found in the unexposed portion was set as the resolution. Among them, the case where there is residue in the unexposed portion near the 100 μm wide pattern is set to “> 100 μm”.

<視感反射率>
使用旋塗機(商品名1H-360S、米卡薩(Mikasa)(股)製造),將藉由各實施例及比較例而獲得的負型感光性著色組成物以熟化後的膜厚成為10 μm的方式旋塗於10 cm見方的無鹼玻璃基板上,使用加熱板(SCW-636),於溫度90℃下預烘烤2分鐘,形成預烘烤膜。針對所製作的預烘烤膜,除了不介隔遮罩以外,與所述<解析度>的評價方法同樣地進行曝光、顯影及淋洗。進而,使用烘箱(商品名IHPS-222、愛斯佩克(Espec)(股)製造),於空氣中於溫度230℃下熟化30分鐘,製作硬化膜。
<Visual reflectance>
Using a spin coater (trade name: 1H-360S, manufactured by Mikasa), the negative photosensitive coloring composition obtained in each example and comparative example was cured to a film thickness of 10 The method of μm was spin-coated on a 10 cm square alkali-free glass substrate, and a heating plate (SCW-636) was used to pre-bake at 90 ° C for 2 minutes to form a pre-baking film. The prepared pre-baking film was exposed, developed, and rinsed in the same manner as the evaluation method of <Resolution> except that the mask was not cut off. Furthermore, using an oven (trade name: IHPS-222, manufactured by Espec Corporation), it was aged in air at a temperature of 230 ° C for 30 minutes to produce a cured film.

關於具有硬化膜的無鹼玻璃基板,使用分光測色計(商品名CM-2600d、柯尼卡美能達(Konica Minolta)(股)製造),自玻璃基板側測定硬化膜的反射色度,藉由CIE的Y值(視感反射率)進行評價。其中,於硬化膜中產生裂紋的情況下,因龜裂等原因而無法獲得正確的值,因此未實施視感反射率的測定。Regarding the alkali-free glass substrate having a cured film, a spectrophotometer (trade name CM-2600d, manufactured by Konica Minolta) was used to measure the reflection chromaticity of the cured film from the glass substrate side. Evaluation was performed based on the C value of Y (visual reflectance). Among them, when cracks occur in the cured film, accurate values cannot be obtained due to cracks or the like, and thus the measurement of visual reflectance is not performed.

<反射率>
使用旋塗機(商品名1H-360S、米卡薩(Mikasa)(股)製造),將藉由各實施例及比較例而獲得的負型感光性著色組成物以熟化後的膜厚成為10 μm的方式旋塗於10 cm見方的無鹼玻璃基板上,使用加熱板(SCW-636),於溫度90℃下預烘烤2分鐘,形成預烘烤膜。針對所製作的預烘烤膜,除了不介隔遮罩以外,與所述<解析度>的評價方法同樣地進行曝光、顯影及淋洗。進而,使用烘箱(商品名IHPS-222、愛斯佩克(Espec)(股)製造),於空氣中於溫度230℃下熟化30分鐘,製作硬化膜。
< Reflectivity >
Using a spin coater (trade name: 1H-360S, manufactured by Mikasa), the negative photosensitive coloring composition obtained in each example and comparative example was cured to a film thickness of 10 The method of μm was spin-coated on a 10 cm square alkali-free glass substrate, and a heating plate (SCW-636) was used to pre-bake at 90 ° C for 2 minutes to form a pre-baking film. The prepared pre-baking film was exposed, developed, and rinsed in the same manner as the evaluation method of <Resolution> except that the mask was not cut off. Furthermore, using an oven (trade name: IHPS-222, manufactured by Espec Corporation), it was aged in air at a temperature of 230 ° C for 30 minutes to produce a cured film.

關於具有硬化膜的無鹼玻璃基板,使用分光測色計(商品名CM-2600d、柯尼卡美能達(Konica Minolta)(股)製造),自整體膜側利用SCI模式測定波長550 nm下的反射率。其中,於整體膜中產生裂紋的情況下,因龜裂等原因而無法獲得正確的值,因此未實施反射率的測定。Regarding the alkali-free glass substrate with a cured film, a spectrophotometer (trade name: CM-2600d, manufactured by Konica Minolta) was used to measure the wavelength at 550 nm using the SCI mode from the entire film side. Reflectivity. Among them, when a crack occurs in the entire film, since a correct value cannot be obtained due to cracks or the like, the measurement of the reflectance is not performed.

<耐熱性-1 耐裂紋性>
使用旋塗機(1H-360S;米卡薩(Mikasa)(股)製造),將藉由各實施例及比較例而獲得的負型感光性著色組成物以熟化後的膜厚成為5 μm、10 μm、15 μm、20 μm的方式分別塗佈於10 cm見方的無鹼玻璃基板上,使用加熱板(SCW-636),於溫度90℃下預烘烤2分鐘,形成預烘烤膜。針對所製作的預烘烤膜,除了不介隔遮罩以外,與所述<解析度>的評價方法同樣地進行曝光、顯影及淋洗。進而,使用烘箱(商品名IHPS-222、愛斯佩克(Espec)(股)製造),於空氣中於溫度230℃下熟化30分鐘,製作硬化膜。
< heat resistance-1 crack resistance >
Using a spin coater (1H-360S; manufactured by Mikasa Co., Ltd.), the negative-type photosensitive coloring composition obtained in each Example and Comparative Example was cured to a film thickness of 5 μm, 10 μm, 15 μm, and 20 μm were coated on a 10 cm square alkali-free glass substrate, respectively, using a hot plate (SCW-636) and pre-baking at 90 ° C for 2 minutes to form a pre-baking film. The prepared pre-baking film was exposed, developed, and rinsed in the same manner as the evaluation method of <Resolution> except that the mask was not cut off. Furthermore, using an oven (trade name: IHPS-222, manufactured by Espec Corporation), it was aged in air at a temperature of 230 ° C for 30 minutes to produce a cured film.

目視觀察所製作的硬化膜,評價有無裂紋的產生。於確認到即便一個裂紋的情況下,亦判斷為無所述膜厚的耐裂紋性。例如,於膜厚15 μm中不存在裂紋、膜厚20 μm中有裂紋的情況下,將耐裂紋膜厚判定為「≦15 μm」。另外,將即便於20 μm中亦無裂紋時的耐裂紋膜厚判定為「≧20 μm」、即便於5 μm中亦有裂紋時的耐裂紋膜厚判定為「<5 μm」,並設為追加熟化前的耐裂紋性。The produced cured film was visually observed, and the presence or absence of cracks was evaluated. When one crack was confirmed, it was judged that there was no crack resistance of the said film thickness. For example, when there are no cracks in the film thickness of 15 μm and there are cracks in the film thickness of 20 μm, the crack-resistant film thickness is determined to be “≦ 15 μm”. In addition, the crack-resistant film thickness when no cracks even at 20 μm was determined to be “≧ 20 μm”, and the crack-resistant film thickness when cracks were even at 5 μm was determined to be “<5 μm”, and set as Added crack resistance before aging.

關於未產生裂紋的硬化膜,進一步使用烘箱(IHPS-222),於空氣中、溫度240℃下進行2小時的追加熟化後,同樣地評價有無裂紋的產生,並設為追加熟化後的耐裂紋性。The hardened film without cracks was further cured using an oven (IHPS-222) in the air at a temperature of 240 ° C for 2 hours, and then the presence or absence of cracks was similarly evaluated. Sex.

<耐熱性-2 顏色變化>
使用旋塗機(1H-360S;米卡薩(Mikasa)(股)製造),將藉由各實施例及比較例而獲得的負型感光性著色組成物以熟化後的膜厚成為10 μm的方式塗佈於10 cm見方的無鹼玻璃基板上,與所述<耐熱性-1 耐裂紋性>的評價方法同樣地製作硬化膜。其中,於硬化膜中產生裂紋的情況下,未實施剩餘的評價。
< heat resistance-2 color change >
Using a spin coater (1H-360S; manufactured by Mikasa Co., Ltd.), the negative photosensitive coloring composition obtained in each Example and Comparative Example was cured to a film thickness of 10 μm. The method was applied to a 10 cm square alkali-free glass substrate, and a cured film was produced in the same manner as in the above-mentioned evaluation method of "heat resistance-1 crack resistance". However, when cracks occurred in the cured film, the remaining evaluation was not performed.

關於所獲得的具有硬化膜的無鹼玻璃基板,使用分光測色計(商品名CM-2600d、柯尼卡美能達(Konica Minolta)(股)製造),自玻璃基板側測定硬化膜的反射色度,藉由CIE1976(L*、a*、b*)顏色空間中顯示時的b*值評價黃色色調,並設為追加熟化前的顏色特性。再者,作為光源,使用C光源。Regarding the obtained alkali-free glass substrate having a cured film, a spectrophotometer (trade name: CM-2600d, manufactured by Konica Minolta) was used to measure the reflection color of the cured film from the glass substrate side. Degree, the yellow hue is evaluated by the b * value when displayed in the CIE1976 (L *, a *, b *) color space, and is set as the color characteristic before maturation. As the light source, a C light source was used.

關於評價顏色特性的硬化膜,進一步使用烘箱(IHPS-222),於空氣中、溫度240℃下進行2小時的追加熟化後,同樣地測定反射色度,將CIE1976(L*、a*、b*)顏色空間中顯示的值與追加熟化前的顏色特性進行比較,藉由以下的式(I)計算出色差(以下,「ΔEab」)。ΔEab越小,越具有良好的耐熱性。ΔEab較佳為1.0以下,更佳為0.7以下。

ΔEab=(X12 +X22 +X320.5 ・・・式(I)

此處,X1、X2、X3分別如下所述。
X1:{L*(0)}-{L*(1)}
X2:{a*(0)}-{a*(1)}
X3:{b*(0)}-{b*(1)}
其中,L*(0)、a*(0)、b*(0)分別表示追加熟化前的L*、a*、b*的值,L*(1)、a*(1)、b*(1)分別表示追加熟化後的L*、a*、b*的值。
Regarding the cured film for evaluating color characteristics, an oven (IHPS-222) was further used to perform additional curing in the air at a temperature of 240 ° C for 2 hours, and then the reflection chromaticity was measured in the same manner. *) The value displayed in the color space is compared with the color characteristics before the additional curing, and the excellent difference is calculated by the following formula (I) (hereinafter, "ΔEab"). The smaller the ΔEab, the better the heat resistance. ΔEab is preferably 1.0 or less, and more preferably 0.7 or less.

ΔEab = (X1 2 + X2 2 + X3 2 ) 0.5 Formula (I)

Here, X1, X2, and X3 are as follows.
X1: {L * (0)}-{L * (1)}
X2: {a * (0)}-{a * (1)}
X3: {b * (0)}-{b * (1)}
Among them, L * (0), a * (0), and b * (0) respectively represent the values of L *, a *, and b * before additional ripening, and L * (1), a * (1), and b * (1) Respective values of L *, a *, and b * after additional ripening.

<OD值>
作為藉由各實施例及比較例而獲得的帶隔離壁的基板的隔離壁的模型,與所述<反射率>的評價方法同樣地於玻璃基板上製作整體膜。關於所獲得的具有整體膜的玻璃基板,使用光學濃度計(361T(視覺);愛色麗(X-rite)公司製造)測定入射光及透過光的強度,根據以下的式(10)算出光學濃度(OD值)。

OD值=log10(I0 /I) ···式(10)

I0 :入射光強度
I:透過光強度。
< OD value >
As a model of the partition wall of the substrate with a partition wall obtained by each of the examples and comparative examples, the entire film was produced on a glass substrate in the same manner as the evaluation method of the <reflectance>. About the obtained glass substrate with an integral film, the intensity of incident light and transmitted light was measured using an optical densitometer (361T (vision); manufactured by X-rite), and the optical value was calculated according to the following formula (10) Concentration (OD value).

OD value = log10 (I 0 / I) ··· Formula (10)

I 0 : incident light intensity
I: transmitted light intensity.

<表面接觸角>
作為藉由各實施例及比較例而獲得的帶隔離壁的基板的隔離壁的模型,與所述<反射率>的評價方法同樣地於玻璃基板上製作整體膜。關於所獲得的整體膜,使用協和界面科學(股)製造的DM-700、微量注射器:協和界面科學(股)製造的接觸角計用鐵氟龍(Teflon)(註冊商標)塗佈針22G,於25℃下、大氣中,依據JIS R3257(製定年月日:1999/04/20)規定的基板玻璃表面的潤濕性試驗方法,測定相對於丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯的表面接觸角。
< Surface contact angle >
As a model of the partition wall of the substrate with a partition wall obtained by each of the examples and comparative examples, the entire film was produced on a glass substrate in the same manner as the evaluation method of the <reflectance>. As for the obtained integral membrane, DM-700 manufactured by Kyowa Interface Science Co., Ltd. and a microinjector: Teflon (registered trademark) coated needle 22G for a contact angle meter manufactured by Kyowa Interface Science Co., Ltd., The surface contact angle with respect to propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate was measured at 25 ° C in the air in accordance with the wettability test method of the substrate glass surface specified in JIS R3257 (date of establishment: 1999/04/20).

<噴墨塗佈性>
於藉由各實施例及比較例所獲得的、形成含有顏色變換發光材料的層(G)之前的帶隔離壁的基板中,針對由格子狀的隔離壁包圍的畫素部分,將PGMEA作為油墨,使用噴墨塗佈裝置(英捷特蘭博(InkjetLabo)、群集科技(Cluster Technology)(股)製造),進行噴墨塗佈。每一個格子狀圖案塗佈160 pL的PGMEA,觀察有無潰決(油墨越過隔離壁而混入相鄰的畫素部分中的現象),藉由下述基準評價噴墨塗佈性。越不潰決,表示防液性能越高,噴墨塗佈性越優異。
A:油墨未自畫素中溢出。
B:於一部分中油墨自畫素中溢出至隔離壁的上表面。
C:於整個面上油墨自畫素中溢出至隔離壁的上表面。
<Inkjet coating properties>
In the substrate with a partition wall obtained before forming the layer (G) containing a color conversion luminescent material obtained in each of the examples and comparative examples, PGMEA was used as the ink for the pixel portion surrounded by the grid-shaped partition wall. Inkjet coating was performed using an inkjet coating device (InkjetLabo, Cluster Technology (Stock)). 160 pL of PGMEA was applied to each grid pattern, and the presence or absence of breakage (the phenomenon that the ink crosses the partition wall and mixed into the adjacent pixel portion) was observed, and the inkjet coating property was evaluated by the following criteria. The less breakout, the higher the liquid repellency, and the better the inkjet coatability.
A: The ink does not overflow from the pixels.
B: In some parts, the ink overflowed from the pixels to the upper surface of the partition wall.
C: The ink overflowed from the pixels on the entire surface to the upper surface of the partition wall.

<厚度>
關於藉由各實施例及比較例所獲得的帶隔離壁的基板,使用薩氟慕(SURFCOM)觸針式膜厚測定裝置,測定含有顏色變換發光材料的層(G)形成前後的結構體的厚度,算出其差分,藉此測定含有顏色變換發光材料的層(G)的厚度。對實施例20~實施例22進而同樣地測定低折射率層(H)的厚度,對實施例23~實施例24進而同樣地測定彩色濾光片的厚度,對實施例26進而同樣地測定遮光隔離壁的厚度(高度)。
< Thickness >
With respect to the substrate with a partition wall obtained in each of the examples and comparative examples, a SURFCOM stylus-type film thickness measuring device was used to measure the structure of the structure before and after the layer (G) containing the color conversion light-emitting material was formed. The difference in thickness is calculated, and the thickness of the layer (G) containing the color conversion luminescent material is measured. The thickness of the low refractive index layer (H) was measured in the same manner as in Examples 20 to 22, the thickness of the color filter was measured in the same manner as in Examples 23 to 24, and the shading was measured in the same manner as in Example 26. Wall thickness (height).

另外,關於實施例21~實施例22及實施例24~實施例25,使用截面拋光儀等研磨裝置,使與基板垂直的截面露出,使用掃描式電子顯微鏡或穿透式電子顯微鏡對截面進行放大觀察,藉此分別測定無機保護層I~無機保護層IV的厚度。In addition, regarding Examples 21 to 22 and Examples 24 to 25, a cross section perpendicular to the substrate was exposed using a polishing device such as a cross section polisher, and the cross section was enlarged using a scanning electron microscope or a transmission electron microscope. By observation, the thicknesses of the inorganic protective layer I to the inorganic protective layer IV were measured.

<亮度>
將搭載有市售的LED背光(峰值波長465 nm)的面狀發光裝置作為光源,以含有顏色變換發光材料的層成為光源側的方式,將藉由各實施例及比較例所獲得的帶隔離壁的基板設置於面狀發光裝置上。於所述面狀發光裝置中流通30 mA的電流而點亮LED元件,使用分光放射亮度計(CS-1000、柯尼卡美能達(Konica Minolta)公司製造),測定基於CIE1931標準的亮度(單位:cd/cm2 ),並設為初始亮度。其中,亮度的評價是藉由將比較例9的初始亮度設為標準的100的相對值進行。再者,於隔離壁中產生裂紋的情況下,因龜裂等原因而無法獲得正確的值,因此未實施評價。
<Brightness>
A planar light-emitting device equipped with a commercially available LED backlight (peak wavelength of 465 nm) was used as a light source, and the bands obtained in the respective examples and comparative examples were isolated so that the layer containing the color-converting light-emitting material became the light source side The wall substrate is provided on the planar light-emitting device. A current of 30 mA was passed through the planar light-emitting device to illuminate the LED element, and a spectroradiance meter (CS-1000, manufactured by Konica Minolta) was used to measure the brightness (unit: CIE1931) : Cd / cm 2 ) and set the initial brightness. Here, the evaluation of the brightness was performed by setting the initial brightness of Comparative Example 9 to a relative value of 100 as a standard. In addition, in the case where a crack occurs in the partition wall, an accurate value cannot be obtained due to a crack or the like, and therefore, the evaluation was not performed.

另外,於室溫(23℃)條件下,於將LED元件點亮48小時後,同樣地測定亮度,評價亮度的經時變化。其中,亮度的評價是藉由將比較例9的初始亮度設為100的相對值進行。In addition, at room temperature (23 ° C) conditions, after the LED element was turned on for 48 hours, the brightness was measured in the same manner, and the change in brightness over time was evaluated. Here, the evaluation of the brightness was performed by setting the initial brightness of Comparative Example 9 to a relative value of 100.

<顏色特性>
於市售的白色反射板上,以將含有顏色變換發光材料的層配置於白色反射板側的方式設置藉由各實施例及比較例所獲得的帶隔離壁的基板。使用分光測色計(CM-2600d、柯尼卡美能達(Konica Minolta)公司製造、測定徑f8 mm),自基板側照射光,測定包含正反射光的光譜。
< Color characteristics >
On the commercially available white reflecting plate, a substrate with a partition wall obtained in each of Examples and Comparative Examples was provided so that a layer containing a color conversion light-emitting material was arranged on the white reflecting plate side. A spectrophotometer (CM-2600d, manufactured by Konica Minolta, measuring diameter f8 mm) was used to irradiate light from the substrate side, and the spectrum including regular reflection light was measured.

幾乎可再現自然界的顏色的顏色標準BT.2020所定義的色域規定為將色度圖中所示的光譜軌跡上的紅、綠及藍作為三原色,紅、綠及藍的波長分別相當於630 nm、532 nm及467 nm。根據所獲得的反射光譜的470 nm、530 nm及630 nm的三種波長的反射率(R),藉由以下基準評價含有顏色變換發光材料的層的發光色。
A:R530 /(R630 +R530 +R470 )≧0.55
B:0.55>R530 /(R630 +R530 +R470 )。
The color gamut defined by the color standard BT.2020, which can almost reproduce the colors of nature, is defined as the three primary colors of red, green and blue on the spectral locus shown in the chromaticity diagram. The wavelengths of red, green and blue are equivalent to 630. nm, 532 nm, and 467 nm. Based on the reflectance (R) of three wavelengths of 470 nm, 530 nm, and 630 nm of the obtained reflection spectrum, the light emission color of the layer containing the color conversion light emitting material was evaluated according to the following criteria.
A: R 530 / (R 630 + R 530 + R 470 ) ≧ 0.55
B: 0.55> R 530 / (R 630 + R 530 + R 470 ).

<顯示特性>
基於以下基準評價將藉由各實施例及比較例所獲得的帶隔離壁的基板與有機EL元件組合而製作的顯示裝置的顯示特性。
A:綠色顯示非常鮮豔,為鮮明、對比度優異的顯示裝置。
B:雖然觀察到色彩稍微不自然,但為無問題的顯示裝置。
< Display characteristics >
The display characteristics of a display device produced by combining a substrate with a partition wall obtained in each Example and Comparative Example and an organic EL element were evaluated based on the following criteria.
A: The green display is very bright, and it is a bright and excellent display device.
B: Although a slightly unnatural color was observed, it was a display device without a problem.

實施例1~實施例13、比較例1~比較例7
關於製備例1~製備例20的負型著色感光性組成物,依據所述評價方法評價解析度、視感反射率及耐熱性。將評價結果示於表6~表8中。
Examples 1 to 13 and Comparative Examples 1 to 7
Regarding the negative-type colored photosensitive composition of Production Examples 1 to 20, the resolution, visual reflectance, and heat resistance were evaluated according to the evaluation method. The evaluation results are shown in Tables 6 to 8.

[表6]

[表6]
[TABLE 6]

[TABLE 6]

[表7]

[表7]
[TABLE 7]

[TABLE 7]

[表8]

[表8]
[TABLE 8]

[TABLE 8]

實施例14~實施例26、比較例8~比較例9
關於藉由製備例15~製備例21的負型著色感光性組成物而獲得的帶隔離壁的基板,依據所述評價方法評價反射率、OD值、表面接觸角、噴墨塗佈性、厚度、亮度、顏色特性及顯示特性。其中,關於比較例8,硬化膜及隔離壁中產生裂紋,無法獲得正確的值,因此未實施評價。將各實施例及比較例的構成示於表9中,將評價結果示於表10中。
Examples 14 to 26, Comparative Examples 8 to 9
Regarding the substrate with a partition wall obtained by the negative-type colored photosensitive composition of Preparation Example 15 to Preparation Example 21, the reflectance, OD value, surface contact angle, inkjet coating property, and thickness were evaluated according to the evaluation method. , Brightness, color characteristics and display characteristics. However, in Comparative Example 8, cracks occurred in the cured film and the partition wall, and accurate values could not be obtained. Therefore, evaluation was not performed. Table 9 shows the configurations of the respective examples and comparative examples, and Table 10 shows the evaluation results.

[表9]
[表9]
[TABLE 9]
[TABLE 9]

[表10]
[表10]
[TABLE 10]
[TABLE 10]

1‧‧‧基板1‧‧‧ substrate

2‧‧‧隔離壁 2‧‧‧ wall

3‧‧‧含有顏色變換發光材料的層 3‧‧‧ Layer containing color-converting luminescent material

4‧‧‧低折射率層 4‧‧‧ low refractive index layer

5‧‧‧無機保護層I 5‧‧‧Inorganic protective layer I

6‧‧‧無機保護層II 6‧‧‧ Inorganic protective layer II

7‧‧‧彩色濾光片 7‧‧‧ color filter

8‧‧‧無機保護層III 8‧‧‧ Inorganic protective layer III

9‧‧‧無機保護層IV 9‧‧‧ Inorganic protective layer IV

10‧‧‧遮光隔離壁 10‧‧‧ Shading partition

11‧‧‧玻璃基板 11‧‧‧ glass substrate

12‧‧‧白色遮光硬化膜 12‧‧‧white light-shielding hardened film

13‧‧‧透明電極 13‧‧‧ transparent electrode

14‧‧‧透明絕緣膜 14‧‧‧ transparent insulating film

15‧‧‧金屬配線 15‧‧‧Metal wiring

L‧‧‧隔離壁的寬度 L‧‧‧ Width of the wall

X‧‧‧隔離壁的厚度 X‧‧‧Thickness of the wall

圖1為表示具有經圖案形成的隔離壁的本發明的帶隔離壁的基板的一態樣的剖面圖。FIG. 1 is a cross-sectional view showing one aspect of a substrate with a partition wall of the present invention having a partition wall patterned.

圖2為表示具有經圖案形成的隔離壁與含有顏色變換發光材料的層的本發明的帶隔離壁的基板的一態樣的剖面圖。 FIG. 2 is a cross-sectional view showing one aspect of a substrate with a partition wall of the present invention, which includes a patterned partition wall and a layer containing a color-converting luminescent material.

圖3為表示具有低折射率層的本發明的帶隔離壁的基板的一態樣的剖面圖。 3 is a cross-sectional view showing an aspect of the substrate with a partition wall of the present invention having a low refractive index layer.

圖4為表示具有低折射率層及無機保護層I的本發明的帶隔離壁的基板的一態樣的剖面圖。 FIG. 4 is a cross-sectional view showing an aspect of the substrate with a partition wall of the present invention having a low refractive index layer and an inorganic protective layer I. FIG.

圖5為表示具有低折射率層及無機保護層II的本發明的帶隔離壁的基板的一態樣的剖面圖。 5 is a cross-sectional view showing an aspect of the substrate with a partition wall of the present invention having a low refractive index layer and an inorganic protective layer II.

圖6為表示具有彩色濾光片的本發明的帶隔離壁的基板的一態樣的剖面圖。 FIG. 6 is a cross-sectional view showing an embodiment of the substrate with a partition wall of the present invention having a color filter.

圖7為表示具有彩色濾光片及無機保護層III的本發明的帶隔離壁的基板的一態樣的剖面圖。 FIG. 7 is a cross-sectional view showing an aspect of the substrate with a partition wall of the present invention including a color filter and an inorganic protective layer III.

圖8為表示具有無機保護層IV的本發明的帶隔離壁的基板的一態樣的剖面圖。 FIG. 8 is a cross-sectional view showing an aspect of the substrate with a partition wall of the present invention having an inorganic protective layer IV.

圖9為表示具有遮光隔離壁的本發明的帶隔離壁的基板的一態樣的剖面圖。 9 is a cross-sectional view showing an aspect of the substrate with a partition wall of the present invention having a light-shielding partition wall.

圖10為表示本發明的觸控面板的剖面的一例的概略圖。 FIG. 10 is a schematic view showing an example of a cross section of a touch panel of the present invention.

圖11a~圖11d為表示本發明的觸控面板的製造方法的一例的概略圖。 11a to 11d are schematic views showing an example of a method for manufacturing a touch panel of the present invention.

Claims (28)

一種負型感光性著色組成物,其含有(A)白色顏料、(B)矽氧烷樹脂、(C)光聚合起始劑、(D)光聚合性化合物及(E)有機溶媒,所述(B)矽氧烷樹脂至少包含下述通式(1)所表示的重覆單元及/或下述通式(2)所表示的重覆單元、以及下述通式(3)所表示的重覆單元,所述(B)矽氧烷樹脂的所有重覆單元中,含有合計40莫耳%~80莫耳%的下述通式(1)所表示的重覆單元及下述通式(2)所表示的重覆單元; 所述通式(1)~通式(3)中,R1 表示氫的全部或一部分經氟取代而成的碳數1~10的烷基、烯基、芳基或芳烷基;R2 表示單鍵、-O-、-CH2 -CO-、-CO-或-O-CO-;R3 表示碳數1~20的一價有機基;R4 分別可相同亦可不同,表示碳數1~20的一價有機基。A negative photosensitive coloring composition comprising (A) a white pigment, (B) a siloxane resin, (C) a photopolymerization initiator, (D) a photopolymerizable compound, and (E) an organic solvent. (B) The siloxane resin contains at least a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (1) and / or a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (2), and a compound represented by the following general formula (3) The repeating unit, in which all the repeating units of the (B) siloxane resin, include a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (1) in a total of 40 mol% to 80 mol% and the following general formula (2) The repeating unit indicated; In the general formulae (1) to (3), R 1 represents an alkyl group, alkenyl group, aryl group, or aralkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms in which all or a part of hydrogen is substituted with fluorine; R 2 Represents a single bond, -O-, -CH 2 -CO-, -CO-, or -O-CO-; R 3 represents a monovalent organic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms; R 4 may be the same or different, respectively, representing carbon A monovalent organic group of 1 to 20. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述的負型感光性著色組成物,其中所述(D)光聚合性化合物包含具有乙烯性不飽和雙鍵與氟原子的化合物。The negative photosensitive coloring composition according to item 1 of the scope of application, wherein the (D) photopolymerizable compound includes a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated double bond and a fluorine atom. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述的負型感光性著色組成物,其中所述(B)矽氧烷樹脂的波長587.5 nm下的折射率為1.35~1.55。The negative photosensitive coloring composition according to item 1 or item 2 of the scope of the patent application, wherein the refractive index of the (B) siloxane resin at a wavelength of 587.5 nm is 1.35 to 1.55. 如申請專利範圍第1項至第3項中任一項所述的負型感光性著色組成物,其中所述(A)白色顏料的波長587.5 nm下的折射率為2.00~2.70。The negative photosensitive coloring composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the refractive index of the (A) white pigment at a wavelength of 587.5 nm is 2.00 to 2.70. 如申請專利範圍第1項至第4項中任一項所述的負型感光性著色組成物,其中所述(A)白色顏料與(B)矽氧烷樹脂的波長587.5 nm下的折射率差為1.16~1.26。The negative photosensitive coloring composition according to any one of claims 1 to 4, in which the refractive index of the (A) white pigment and (B) the siloxane resin at a wavelength of 587.5 nm The difference is 1.16 to 1.26. 如申請專利範圍第1項至第5項中任一項所述的負型感光性著色組成物,其中所述(A)白色顏料含有選自二氧化鈦、氧化鋯、氧化鋅、硫酸鋇及該些的複合化合物中的化合物的粒子,且所述粒子的中值粒徑為100 nm~500 nm。The negative photosensitive coloring composition according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the (A) white pigment contains a material selected from the group consisting of titanium dioxide, zirconia, zinc oxide, barium sulfate, and these Particles of a compound in a composite compound, and the median diameter of the particles is 100 nm to 500 nm. 如申請專利範圍第1項至第6項中任一項所述的負型感光性著色組成物,其中於固體成分中,所述(B)矽氧烷樹脂所佔的含量為10重量%~60重量%,所述(A)白色顏料所佔的含量為20重量%~60重量%。The negative photosensitive coloring composition according to any one of claims 1 to 6 in the scope of the patent application, wherein the content of the (B) siloxane resin in the solid content is 10% by weight to 60% by weight, and the content of the (A) white pigment is 20% to 60% by weight. 如申請專利範圍第1項至第7項中任一項所述的負型感光性著色組成物,其用於形成波長550 nm下的厚度每10 μm的反射率為60%~90%的隔離壁。The negative photosensitive coloring composition according to any one of claims 1 to 7 of the scope of patent application, which is used to form an isolation having a reflectance of 60% to 90% per 10 μm thickness at a wavelength of 550 nm wall. 一種硬化膜,其為如申請專利範圍第1項至第7項中任一項所述的負型感光性著色組成物的硬化膜。A cured film which is a cured film of the negative photosensitive coloring composition according to any one of claims 1 to 7 in the scope of patent application. 一種硬化膜的製造方法,其製造如申請專利範圍第9項所述的硬化膜,所述製造方法包括: (I)將如申請專利範圍第1項至第8項中任一項所述的負型感光性著色組成物塗佈於基板上而形成塗膜的步驟; (II)將所述塗膜進行曝光及顯影的步驟;以及 (III)將所述顯影後的塗膜進行加熱的步驟。A method for manufacturing a hardened film, which manufactures the hardened film according to item 9 of the scope of patent application, the manufacturing method includes: (I) a step of applying a negative photosensitive coloring composition as described in any one of claims 1 to 8 on a substrate to form a coating film; (II) a step of exposing and developing the coating film; and (III) a step of heating the developed coating film. 一種帶圖案的加工基板,其於基板上具有經圖案形成的如申請專利範圍第9項所述的硬化膜。A patterned processed substrate has a patterned hardened film as described in item 9 of the scope of patent application on the substrate. 一種帶隔離壁的基板,其於基板上具有包含如申請專利範圍第9項所述的硬化膜的經圖案形成的隔離壁,且波長550 nm下的厚度每10 μm的隔離壁的反射率為60%~90%。A substrate with a partition wall, which has a patterned partition wall including a hardened film as described in item 9 of the patent application scope on the substrate, and the reflectance of the partition wall with a thickness of 10 μm at a wavelength of 550 nm 60% to 90%. 如申請專利範圍第12項所述的帶隔離壁的基板,其中所述經圖案形成的隔離壁,相對於丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯的表面接觸角為10°~70°。The substrate with a partition wall according to item 12 of the scope of application for a patent, wherein the patterned partition wall has a surface contact angle with respect to propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate of 10 ° to 70 °. 如申請專利範圍第12項或第13項所述的帶隔離壁的基板,其於所述基板與經圖案形成的隔離壁之間進一步具有厚度每1.0 μm的光學濃度為0.1~4.0的經圖案形成的遮光隔離壁。The substrate with a partition wall according to item 12 or 13 of the scope of patent application, further comprising a pattern with an optical concentration of 0.1 to 4.0 per 1.0 μm in thickness between the substrate and the patterned partition wall. The formed light-shielding partition. 如申請專利範圍第12項至第14項中任一項所述的帶隔離壁的基板,其於鄰接的隔離壁間具有含有顏色變換發光材料的層。The substrate with a partition wall according to any one of claims 12 to 14 in the scope of the patent application, which has a layer containing a color-converting luminescent material between adjacent partition walls. 如申請專利範圍第15項所述的帶隔離壁的基板,其中所述顏色變換發光材料含有無機螢光體及/或有機螢光體。The substrate with a partition wall according to item 15 of the scope of patent application, wherein the color conversion light-emitting material contains an inorganic phosphor and / or an organic phosphor. 如申請專利範圍第16項所述的帶隔離壁的基板,其中所述顏色變換發光材料含有藉由藍色的激發光被激發而發出紅色或綠色的螢光的螢光體。The substrate with a partition wall according to item 16 of the scope of the patent application, wherein the color-converting luminescent material contains a phosphor that emits red or green fluorescent light when excited by blue excitation light. 如申請專利範圍第16項或第17項所述的帶隔離壁的基板,其中所述顏色變換發光材料含有量子點。The substrate with a partition wall according to item 16 or item 17 of the scope of patent application, wherein the color conversion light-emitting material contains quantum dots. 如申請專利範圍第16項或第17項所述的帶隔離壁的基板,其中所述顏色變換發光材料含有吡咯亞甲基衍生物。The substrate with a partition wall according to item 16 or 17 of the scope of application for a patent, wherein the color conversion light-emitting material contains a pyrrole methylene derivative. 如申請專利範圍第15項至第19項中任一項所述的帶隔離壁的基板,其中於含有所述顏色變換發光材料的層上,進一步具有波長550 nm下的折射率為1.20~1.35的低折射率層。The substrate with a partition wall according to any one of claims 15 to 19, wherein the layer containing the color conversion light-emitting material further has a refractive index at a wavelength of 550 nm of 1.20 to 1.35 Low refractive index layer. 如申請專利範圍第20項所述的帶隔離壁的基板,其中於所述波長550 nm下的折射率為1.20~1.35的低折射率層上,進一步具有厚度50 nm~1,000 nm的無機保護層I。The substrate with a partition wall according to item 20 of the scope of application for a patent, wherein the low-refractive index layer having a refractive index of 1.20 to 1.35 at the wavelength of 550 nm further includes an inorganic protective layer having a thickness of 50 nm to 1,000 nm. I. 如申請專利範圍第20項或第21項所述的帶隔離壁的基板,其中於所述波長550 nm下的折射率為1.20~1.35的低折射率層下,進一步具有厚度50 nm~1,000 nm的無機保護層II。The substrate with a partition wall according to item 20 or 21 of the scope of patent application, wherein the low refractive index layer having a refractive index of 1.20 to 1.35 at the wavelength of 550 nm further has a thickness of 50 nm to 1,000 nm Inorganic protective layer II. 如申請專利範圍第15項至第22項中任一項所述的帶隔離壁的基板,其中於所述基板與含有顏色變換發光材料的層之間進一步具有厚度1 μm~5 μm的彩色濾光片。The substrate with a partition wall according to any one of claims 15 to 22, wherein a color filter having a thickness of 1 μm to 5 μm is further provided between the substrate and a layer containing a color conversion luminescent material. Light film. 如申請專利範圍第23項所述的帶隔離壁的基板,其中於所述彩色濾光片與含有顏色變換發光材料的層之間進一步具有厚度50 nm~1,000 nm的無機保護層III。The substrate with a partition wall according to item 23 of the scope of application for a patent, further comprising an inorganic protective layer III having a thickness of 50 nm to 1,000 nm between the color filter and a layer containing a color conversion luminescent material. 如申請專利範圍第12項至第24項中任一項所述的帶隔離壁的基板,其中於所述基板上進一步具有厚度50 nm~1,000 nm的無機保護層IV。The substrate with a partition wall according to any one of claims 12 to 24, wherein the substrate further has an inorganic protective layer IV with a thickness of 50 nm to 1,000 nm. 如申請專利範圍第20項至第25項中任一項所述的帶隔離壁的基板,其中所述無機保護層I、無機保護層II、無機保護層III及無機保護層IV包含選自氮化矽及氧化矽中的一種以上。The substrate with a partition wall according to any one of claims 20 to 25, wherein the inorganic protective layer I, the inorganic protective layer II, the inorganic protective layer III, and the inorganic protective layer IV include a member selected from nitrogen One or more of silicon oxide and silicon oxide. 一種顯示裝置,其具有如申請專利範圍第12項至第26項中任一項所述的帶隔離壁的基板;以及選自液晶單元、有機電致發光單元、微型發光二極體單元及微發光二極體單元中的光源。A display device having the substrate with a partition wall according to any one of claims 12 to 26 in the scope of application for a patent; and a display device selected from a liquid crystal cell, an organic electroluminescence unit, a micro light emitting diode unit, and a micro Light source in a light emitting diode unit. 一種觸控面板,其具有如申請專利範圍第11項所述的帶圖案的加工基板、透明電極、金屬配線及透明膜。A touch panel includes the patterned processing substrate, transparent electrodes, metal wiring, and a transparent film according to item 11 of the scope of patent application.
TW108108208A 2018-03-14 2019-03-12 Negative photosensitive coloring composition, cured film and manufacturing method thereof, patterned processed substrate, substrate with partition walls, display device, touch panel TWI808137B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2018046394 2018-03-14
JP2018-046394 2018-03-14
JP2018-113520 2018-06-14
JP2018113520 2018-06-14
JP2018-128004 2018-07-05
JP2018128004 2018-07-05

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201939164A true TW201939164A (en) 2019-10-01
TWI808137B TWI808137B (en) 2023-07-11

Family

ID=67907094

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW108108208A TWI808137B (en) 2018-03-14 2019-03-12 Negative photosensitive coloring composition, cured film and manufacturing method thereof, patterned processed substrate, substrate with partition walls, display device, touch panel

Country Status (5)

Country Link
JP (1) JP7306264B2 (en)
KR (1) KR102617582B1 (en)
CN (1) CN111771163B (en)
TW (1) TWI808137B (en)
WO (1) WO2019176785A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP7313472B2 (en) * 2019-11-28 2023-07-24 東京応化工業株式会社 Photosensitive composition, cured product, and method for producing cured product
CN113025306B (en) * 2019-12-09 2023-07-21 上海航空电器有限公司 Phosphor with composite parabolic light collecting capability and preparation method thereof
JPWO2021235541A1 (en) * 2020-05-22 2021-11-25
KR102541836B1 (en) * 2020-09-02 2023-06-09 삼성전자주식회사 Display apparatus
KR20220122372A (en) * 2021-02-26 2022-09-02 동우 화인켐 주식회사 A photosensitive resin composition for forming partition wall, a partition wall structure prepared using the composition, and a display device comprising the partition wall structure
WO2023048016A1 (en) * 2021-09-24 2023-03-30 東レ株式会社 Resin composition, light-shielding film, and substrate with partitioning wall
KR20230072570A (en) * 2021-11-17 2023-05-25 삼성디스플레이 주식회사 Photosensitive resin composition, display panel manufactured using the same, and manufacturing method thereof

Family Cites Families (14)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP4671338B2 (en) * 2005-06-27 2011-04-13 日本化薬株式会社 Fluorine-containing polysiloxane, photosensitive resin composition using the same, and cured product thereof
KR101271783B1 (en) * 2005-10-28 2013-06-07 도레이 카부시키가이샤 Siloxane resin composition and method for producing same
JP5617476B2 (en) * 2010-09-22 2014-11-05 Jsr株式会社 Siloxane polymer composition, cured film and method of forming cured film
WO2012057058A1 (en) * 2010-10-29 2012-05-03 住友化学株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition, patterned structure, display device, and partition wall
WO2012147626A1 (en) * 2011-04-28 2012-11-01 旭硝子株式会社 Negative photosensitive resin composition, cured film, partition wall, black matrix, method for producing partition wall, method for producing black matrix, color filter, and organic el element
JP2012242928A (en) 2011-05-17 2012-12-10 Toppan Printing Co Ltd Touch panel integrating decorated transparent protective substrate
JP2013050549A (en) * 2011-08-30 2013-03-14 Asahi Glass Co Ltd Negative photosensitive resin composition, partition wall, optical element
JP6065497B2 (en) * 2011-09-29 2017-01-25 Jsr株式会社 Pattern forming method and polysiloxane composition
WO2014126013A1 (en) * 2013-02-14 2014-08-21 東レ株式会社 Negative-type photosensitive coloring composition, cured film, light-shielding pattern for touch panel, and touch panel manufacturing method
US9690197B2 (en) * 2013-07-25 2017-06-27 Toray Industries, Inc. Negative-type photosensitive white composition for touch panel, touch panel and touch panel production method
TWI577739B (en) * 2015-05-25 2017-04-11 奇美實業股份有限公司 White photosensitive resin composition and application of the same
SG11201802076PA (en) * 2015-09-30 2018-04-27 Toray Industries Negative photosensitive resin composition, cured film, element and display device each provided with cured film, and method for manufacturing display device
JP6688875B2 (en) * 2016-03-14 2020-04-28 富士フイルム株式会社 Composition, film, cured film, optical sensor and method for manufacturing film
WO2017175545A1 (en) * 2016-04-06 2017-10-12 富士フイルム株式会社 Composition, film, cured film, optical sensor, and process for producing film

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN111771163A (en) 2020-10-13
JP7306264B2 (en) 2023-07-11
TWI808137B (en) 2023-07-11
KR20200132843A (en) 2020-11-25
CN111771163B (en) 2023-06-02
JPWO2019176785A1 (en) 2021-01-14
KR102617582B1 (en) 2023-12-27
WO2019176785A1 (en) 2019-09-19

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP7201062B2 (en) Substrate with partition wall and display device
JP7306264B2 (en) Negative photosensitive coloring composition, cured film, and touch panel using the same
CN106415393B (en) Negative photosensitive resin composition, cured film obtained by curing the same, method for producing the same, optical device having the same, and back-illuminated CMOS image sensor
JP2021161401A (en) Resin composition, light blocking film, method for producing light blocking film, and substrate with partition
JP7115054B2 (en) glass reinforced substrate
JP2021005083A (en) Yellow color filter and substrate with the same
JP7115635B2 (en) Resin composition, light-shielding film, and substrate with partition
JP2021162860A (en) Negative type photosensitive coloring composition, cured film, method for producing cured film, substrate with partition wall, and image display device
JP2022150305A (en) Resin composition, ultraviolet absorption layer, and substrate with ultraviolet absorption layer
WO2023048016A1 (en) Resin composition, light-shielding film, and substrate with partitioning wall
WO2019111748A1 (en) Substrate, resin composition for preventing light diffusion, and image display device
WO2023157713A1 (en) Resin composition, light-blocking film, method for producing light-blocking film, substrate having partitioning wall attached thereto, and display device
JP2023119574A (en) Resin composition, light-shielding film, method for manufacturing light-shielding film, substrate with partition wall and display device
JP2023031448A (en) Substrate with partition wall, wavelength conversion substrate and method of manufacturing wavelength conversion substrate, and display device
KR20230157944A (en) Organic EL display device